# Official Journal L 225/25 J

| | ISSN 1725-2555 |
| --- | --- |
| Official Journal
  of the European Union | L 225 |
| | |
| English edition | Legislation | Volume 4725 June 2004 |

ISSN 1725-2555

Official Journal

of the European Union

L 225

English edition

Legislation

Volume 4725 June 2004

---

| Contents | | | page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | * | Notice to readers | 1 |

Contents

page

*

Notice to readers

1

| | | Corrigenda |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | * | Corrigendum to Directive 2004/26/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 amending Directive 97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery ( OJ L 146, 30.4.2004 ) | 3 |

Corrigenda

*

Corrigendum to Directive 2004/26/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 amending Directive 97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery ( OJ L 146, 30.4.2004 )

3

| EN | Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.
  The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk. |
| --- | --- |

EN

Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.

The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk.

---

25.6.2004

| 25.6.2004 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 225/1 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 225/1

---

NOTICE TO READERS

| ES | : | El presente Diario Oficial se publica en español, danés, alemán, griego, inglés, francés, italiano, neerlandés, portugués, finés y sueco.
  Las correcciones de errores que contiene se refieren a los actos publicados con anterioridad a la ampliación de la Unión Europea del 1 de mayo de 2004. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CS | : | Tento Úřední věstník se vydává ve španělštině, dánštině, němčině, řečtině, angličtině, francouzštině, italštině, holandštině, portugalštině, finštině a švédštině.
  Tisková oprava zde uvedená se vztahuje na akty uveřejněné před rozšířením Evropské unie dne 1. května 2004. |
| DA | : | Denne EU-Tidende offentliggøres på dansk, engelsk, finsk, fransk, græsk, italiensk, nederlandsk, portugisisk, spansk, svensk og tysk.
  Berigtigelserne heri henviser til retsakter, som blev offentliggjort før udvidelsen af Den Europæiske Union den 1. maj 2004. |
| DE | : | Dieses Amtsblatt wird in Spanisch, Dänisch, Deutsch, Griechisch, Englisch, Französisch, Italienisch, Niederländisch, Portugiesisch, Finnisch und Schwedisch veröffentlicht.
  Die darin enthaltenen Berichtigungen beziehen sich auf Rechtsakte, die vor der Erweiterung der Europäischen Union am 1. Mai 2004 veröffentlicht wurden. |
| ET | : | Käesolev Euroopa Liidu Teataja ilmub hispaania, taani, saksa, kreeka, inglise, prantsuse, itaalia, hollandi, portugali, soome ja rootsi keeles.
  Selle parandused viitavad aktidele, mis on avaldatud enne Euroopa Liidu laienemist 1. mail 2004. |
| EL | : | Η παρούσα Επίσημη Εφημερίδα δημοσιεύεται στην ισπανική, δανική, γερμανική, ελληνική, αγγλική, γαλλική, ιταλική, ολλανδική, πορτογαλική, φινλανδική και σουηδική γλώσσα.
  Τα διορθωτικά που περιλαμβάνει αναφέρονται σε πράξεις που δημοσιεύθηκαν πριν από τη διεύρυνση της Ευρωπαϊκής Ένωσης την 1η Μαΐου 2004. |
| EN | : | This Official Journal is published in Spanish, Danish, German, Greek, English, French, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Finnish and Swedish.
  The corrigenda contained herein refer to acts published prior to enlargement of the European Union on 1 May 2004. |
| FR | : | Le présent Journal officiel est publié dans les langues espagnole, danoise, allemande, grecque, anglaise, française, italienne, néerlandaise, portugaise, finnoise et suédoise.
  Les rectificatifs qu'il contient se rapportent à des actes publiés antérieurement à l'élargissement de l'Union européenne du 1er mai 2004. |
| IT | : | La presente Gazzetta ufficiale è pubblicata nelle lingue spagnola, danese, tedesca, greca, inglese, francese, italiana, olandese, portoghese, finlandese e svedese.
  Le rettifiche che essa contiene si riferiscono ad atti pubblicati anteriormente all'allargamento dell'Unione europea del 1o maggio 2004. |
| LV | : | Šis Oficiālais Vēstnesis publicēts spāņu, dāņu, vācu, grieķu, angļu, franču, itāļu, holandiešu, portugāļu, somu un zviedru valodā.
  Šeit minētie labojumi attiecas uz tiesību aktiem, kas publicēti pirms Eiropas Savienības paplašināšanās 2004. gada 1. maijā. |
| LT | : | Šis Oficialusis leidinys išleistas ispanų, danų, vokiečių, graikų, anglų, prancūzų, italų, olandų, portugalų, suomių ir švedų kalbomis.
  Čia išspausdintas teisės aktų, paskelbtų iki Europos Sąjungos plėtros gegužės 1 d., klaidų ištaisymas. |
| HU | : | Ez a Hivatalos Lap spanyol, dán, német, görög, angol, francia, olasz, holland, portugál, finn és svéd nyelven jelenik meg.
  Az itt megjelent helyesbítések elsősorban a 2004. május 1-jei európai uniós bővítéssel kapcsolatos jogszabályokra vonatkoznak. |
| MT | : | Dan il-Ġurnal Uffiċjali hu ppubblikat fil-ligwa Spanjola, Daniża, Ġermaniża, Griega, Ingliża, Franċiża, Taljana, Olandiża, Portugiża, Finlandiża u Svediża.
  Il-corrigenda li tinstab hawnhekk tirreferi għal atti ppubblikati qabel it-tkabbir ta' l-Unjoni Ewropea fl-1 ta' Mejju 2004. |
| NL | : | Dit Publicatieblad wordt uitgegeven in de Spaanse, de Deense, de Duitse, de Griekse, de Engelse, de Franse, de Italiaanse, de Nederlandse, de Portugese, de Finse en de Zweedse taal.
  De rectificaties in dit Publicatieblad hebben betrekking op besluiten die vóór de uitbreiding van de Europese Unie op 1 mei 2004 zijn gepubliceerd. |
| PL | : | Ten Dziennik Urzędowy jest wydawany w językach: hiszpańskim, duńskim, niemieckim, greckim, angielskim, francuskim, włoskim, niderlandzkim, portugalskim, fińskim i szwedzkim.
  Sprostowania zawierają odniesienia do aktów opublikowanych przed rozszerzeniem Unii Europejskiej dnia 1 maja 2004 r. |
| PT | : | O presente Jornal Oficial é publicado nas línguas espanhola, dinamarquesa, alemã, grega, inglesa, francesa, italiana, neerlandesa, portuguesa, finlandesa e sueca.
  As rectificações publicadas neste Jornal Oficial referem-se a actos publicados antes do alargamento da União Europeia de 1 de Maio de 2004. |
| SK | : | Tento úradný vestník vychádza v španielskom, dánskom, nemeckom, gréckom, anglickom, francúzskom, talianskom, holandskom, portugalskom, fínskom a švédskom jazyku.
  Korigendá, ktoré obsahuje, odkazujú na akty uverejnené pred rozšírením Európskej únie 1. mája 2004. |
| SL | : | Ta Uradni list je objavljen v španskem, danskem, nemškem, grškem, angleškem, francoskem, italijanskem, nizozemskem, portugalskem, finskem in švedskem jeziku.
  Vsebovani popravki se nanašajo na akte objavljene pred širitvijo Evropske unije 1. maja 2004 |
| FI | : | Tämä virallinen lehti on julkaistu espanjan, tanskan, saksan, kreikan, englannin, ranskan, italian, hollannin, portugalin, suomen ja ruotsin kielellä.
  Lehden sisältämät oikaisut liittyvät ennen Euroopan unionin laajentumista 1. toukokuuta 2004 julkaistuihin säädöksiin. |
| SV | : | Denna utgåva av Europeiska unionens officiella tidning publiceras på spanska, danska, tyska, grekiska, engelska, franska, italienska, nederländska, portugisiska, finska och svenska.
  Rättelserna som den innehåller avser rättsakter som publicerades före utvidgningen av Europeiska unionen den 1 maj 2004. |

ES

:

El presente Diario Oficial se publica en español, danés, alemán, griego, inglés, francés, italiano, neerlandés, portugués, finés y sueco.

Las correcciones de errores que contiene se refieren a los actos publicados con anterioridad a la ampliación de la Unión Europea del 1 de mayo de 2004.

CS

:

Tento Úřední věstník se vydává ve španělštině, dánštině, němčině, řečtině, angličtině, francouzštině, italštině, holandštině, portugalštině, finštině a švédštině.

Tisková oprava zde uvedená se vztahuje na akty uveřejněné před rozšířením Evropské unie dne 1. května 2004.

DA

:

Denne EU-Tidende offentliggøres på dansk, engelsk, finsk, fransk, græsk, italiensk, nederlandsk, portugisisk, spansk, svensk og tysk.

Berigtigelserne heri henviser til retsakter, som blev offentliggjort før udvidelsen af Den Europæiske Union den 1. maj 2004.

DE

:

Dieses Amtsblatt wird in Spanisch, Dänisch, Deutsch, Griechisch, Englisch, Französisch, Italienisch, Niederländisch, Portugiesisch, Finnisch und Schwedisch veröffentlicht.

Die darin enthaltenen Berichtigungen beziehen sich auf Rechtsakte, die vor der Erweiterung der Europäischen Union am 1. Mai 2004 veröffentlicht wurden.

ET

:

Käesolev Euroopa Liidu Teataja ilmub hispaania, taani, saksa, kreeka, inglise, prantsuse, itaalia, hollandi, portugali, soome ja rootsi keeles.

Selle parandused viitavad aktidele, mis on avaldatud enne Euroopa Liidu laienemist 1. mail 2004.

EL

:

Η παρούσα Επίσημη Εφημερίδα δημοσιεύεται στην ισπανική, δανική, γερμανική, ελληνική, αγγλική, γαλλική, ιταλική, ολλανδική, πορτογαλική, φινλανδική και σουηδική γλώσσα.

Τα διορθωτικά που περιλαμβάνει αναφέρονται σε πράξεις που δημοσιεύθηκαν πριν από τη διεύρυνση της Ευρωπαϊκής Ένωσης την 1η Μαΐου 2004.

EN

:

This Official Journal is published in Spanish, Danish, German, Greek, English, French, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Finnish and Swedish.

The corrigenda contained herein refer to acts published prior to enlargement of the European Union on 1 May 2004.

FR

:

Le présent Journal officiel est publié dans les langues espagnole, danoise, allemande, grecque, anglaise, française, italienne, néerlandaise, portugaise, finnoise et suédoise.

Les rectificatifs qu'il contient se rapportent à des actes publiés antérieurement à l'élargissement de l'Union européenne du 1er mai 2004.

er

IT

:

La presente Gazzetta ufficiale è pubblicata nelle lingue spagnola, danese, tedesca, greca, inglese, francese, italiana, olandese, portoghese, finlandese e svedese.

Le rettifiche che essa contiene si riferiscono ad atti pubblicati anteriormente all'allargamento dell'Unione europea del 1o maggio 2004.

o

LV

:

Šis Oficiālais Vēstnesis publicēts spāņu, dāņu, vācu, grieķu, angļu, franču, itāļu, holandiešu, portugāļu, somu un zviedru valodā.

Šeit minētie labojumi attiecas uz tiesību aktiem, kas publicēti pirms Eiropas Savienības paplašināšanās 2004. gada 1. maijā.

LT

:

Šis Oficialusis leidinys išleistas ispanų, danų, vokiečių, graikų, anglų, prancūzų, italų, olandų, portugalų, suomių ir švedų kalbomis.

Čia išspausdintas teisės aktų, paskelbtų iki Europos Sąjungos plėtros gegužės 1 d., klaidų ištaisymas.

HU

:

Ez a Hivatalos Lap spanyol, dán, német, görög, angol, francia, olasz, holland, portugál, finn és svéd nyelven jelenik meg.

Az itt megjelent helyesbítések elsősorban a 2004. május 1-jei európai uniós bővítéssel kapcsolatos jogszabályokra vonatkoznak.

MT

:

Dan il-Ġurnal Uffiċjali hu ppubblikat fil-ligwa Spanjola, Daniża, Ġermaniża, Griega, Ingliża, Franċiża, Taljana, Olandiża, Portugiża, Finlandiża u Svediża.

Il-corrigenda li tinstab hawnhekk tirreferi għal atti ppubblikati qabel it-tkabbir ta' l-Unjoni Ewropea fl-1 ta' Mejju 2004.

NL

:

Dit Publicatieblad wordt uitgegeven in de Spaanse, de Deense, de Duitse, de Griekse, de Engelse, de Franse, de Italiaanse, de Nederlandse, de Portugese, de Finse en de Zweedse taal.

De rectificaties in dit Publicatieblad hebben betrekking op besluiten die vóór de uitbreiding van de Europese Unie op 1 mei 2004 zijn gepubliceerd.

PL

:

Ten Dziennik Urzędowy jest wydawany w językach: hiszpańskim, duńskim, niemieckim, greckim, angielskim, francuskim, włoskim, niderlandzkim, portugalskim, fińskim i szwedzkim.

Sprostowania zawierają odniesienia do aktów opublikowanych przed rozszerzeniem Unii Europejskiej dnia 1 maja 2004 r.

PT

:

O presente Jornal Oficial é publicado nas línguas espanhola, dinamarquesa, alemã, grega, inglesa, francesa, italiana, neerlandesa, portuguesa, finlandesa e sueca.

As rectificações publicadas neste Jornal Oficial referem-se a actos publicados antes do alargamento da União Europeia de 1 de Maio de 2004.

SK

:

Tento úradný vestník vychádza v španielskom, dánskom, nemeckom, gréckom, anglickom, francúzskom, talianskom, holandskom, portugalskom, fínskom a švédskom jazyku.

Korigendá, ktoré obsahuje, odkazujú na akty uverejnené pred rozšírením Európskej únie 1. mája 2004.

SL

:

Ta Uradni list je objavljen v španskem, danskem, nemškem, grškem, angleškem, francoskem, italijanskem, nizozemskem, portugalskem, finskem in švedskem jeziku.

Vsebovani popravki se nanašajo na akte objavljene pred širitvijo Evropske unije 1. maja 2004

FI

:

Tämä virallinen lehti on julkaistu espanjan, tanskan, saksan, kreikan, englannin, ranskan, italian, hollannin, portugalin, suomen ja ruotsin kielellä.

Lehden sisältämät oikaisut liittyvät ennen Euroopan unionin laajentumista 1. toukokuuta 2004 julkaistuihin säädöksiin.

SV

:

Denna utgåva av Europeiska unionens officiella tidning publiceras på spanska, danska, tyska, grekiska, engelska, franska, italienska, nederländska, portugisiska, finska och svenska.

Europeiska unionens officiella tidning

Rättelserna som den innehåller avser rättsakter som publicerades före utvidgningen av Europeiska unionen den 1 maj 2004.

---

Corrigenda

| 25.6.2004 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 225/3 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

25.6.2004

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 225/3

---

Corrigendum to Directive 2004/26/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 amending Directive 97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery

(
  Official Journal of the European Union L 146 of 30 April 2004
  )

Directive 2004/26/EC should read as follows:

DIRECTIVE 2004/26/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

of 21 April 2004

amending Directive 97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to measures against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from internal combustion engines to be installed in non-road mobile machinery

(Text with EEA relevance)

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 95 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission,

Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee (1),

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty (2),

Whereas:

| (1) | Directive 97/68/EC (3) implements two stages of emission limit values for compression ignition engines and calls on the Commission to propose a further reduction in emission limits, taking into account the global availability of techniques for controlling air polluting emissions from compression ignition engines and the air quality situation. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

Directive 97/68/EC (3) implements two stages of emission limit values for compression ignition engines and calls on the Commission to propose a further reduction in emission limits, taking into account the global availability of techniques for controlling air polluting emissions from compression ignition engines and the air quality situation.

| (2) | The auto-oil programme concluded that further measures are needed to improve the future air quality of the Community, especially as regards ozone formation and emissions of particulate matter. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

The auto-oil programme concluded that further measures are needed to improve the future air quality of the Community, especially as regards ozone formation and emissions of particulate matter.

| (3) | Advanced technology to reduce emissions from compression ignition engines on on-road vehicles is already available to a large extent and such technology should, to a large extent, be applicable to the non-road sector. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

Advanced technology to reduce emissions from compression ignition engines on on-road vehicles is already available to a large extent and such technology should, to a large extent, be applicable to the non-road sector.

| (4) | There are still some uncertainties regarding the cost effectiveness of using after-treatment equipment to reduce emissions of particulate matter (PM) and of oxides of nitrogen (NOx). A technical review should be carried out before 31 December 2007 and, where appropriate, exemptions or delayed dates of entry into force should be considered. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

There are still some uncertainties regarding the cost effectiveness of using after-treatment equipment to reduce emissions of particulate matter (PM) and of oxides of nitrogen (NOx). A technical review should be carried out before 31 December 2007 and, where appropriate, exemptions or delayed dates of entry into force should be considered.

| (5) | A transient test procedure is needed to cover the operational conditions used by this kind of machinery under real working conditions. The test should therefore include, in an appropriate proportion, emissions from an engine that is not warmed up. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

A transient test procedure is needed to cover the operational conditions used by this kind of machinery under real working conditions. The test should therefore include, in an appropriate proportion, emissions from an engine that is not warmed up.

| (6) | Under randomly selected load conditions and within a defined operating range, the limit values should not be exceeded by more than an appropriate percentage. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

Under randomly selected load conditions and within a defined operating range, the limit values should not be exceeded by more than an appropriate percentage.

| (7) | Moreover, the use of defeat devices and irrational emission control strategies should be prevented. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

Moreover, the use of defeat devices and irrational emission control strategies should be prevented.

| (8) | The proposed package of limit values should be aligned as far as possible on developments in the United States so as to offer manufacturers a global market for their engine concepts. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

The proposed package of limit values should be aligned as far as possible on developments in the United States so as to offer manufacturers a global market for their engine concepts.

| (9) | Emission standards should also be applied for railway and inland waterway applications to help promote them as environmentally friendly modes of transport. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

Emission standards should also be applied for railway and inland waterway applications to help promote them as environmentally friendly modes of transport.

| (10) | Where non-road mobile machinery complies with future limit values ahead of the deadline, it should be possible to indicate that it does so. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

Where non-road mobile machinery complies with future limit values ahead of the deadline, it should be possible to indicate that it does so.

| (11) | Because of the technology needed to meet the Stage III B and IV limits for PM and NOx emissions, the sulphur content of the fuel must be reduced from today's levels in many Member States. A reference fuel that reflects the fuel market situation should be defined. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

Because of the technology needed to meet the Stage III B and IV limits for PM and NOx emissions, the sulphur content of the fuel must be reduced from today's levels in many Member States. A reference fuel that reflects the fuel market situation should be defined.

| (12) | Emission performance during the full useful life of the engines is of importance. Durability requirements should be introduced to avoid deterioration of emission performance. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

Emission performance during the full useful life of the engines is of importance. Durability requirements should be introduced to avoid deterioration of emission performance.

| (13) | It is necessary to introduce special arrangements for equipment manufacturers to give them time to design their products and to handle small series production. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

It is necessary to introduce special arrangements for equipment manufacturers to give them time to design their products and to handle small series production.

| (14) | Since the objective of this Directive, namely improvement of the future air quality situation, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States since the necessary emission limitations concerning products have to be regulated at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Directive does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective. |
| --- | --- |

(14)

Since the objective of this Directive, namely improvement of the future air quality situation, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States since the necessary emission limitations concerning products have to be regulated at Community level, the Community may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Directive does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.

| (15) | Directive 97/68/EC should therefore be amended accordingly, |
| --- | --- |

(15)

Directive 97/68/EC should therefore be amended accordingly,

HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:

Article 1

Directive 97/68/EC is amended as follows:

| 1. | the following indents are added to Article 2:






  — | ‘
  “inland waterway vessel” shall mean a vessel intended for use on inland waterways having a length of 20 metres or more and having a volume of 100 m3 or more according to the formula defined in Annex I, Section 2, point 2.8a, or tugs or pusher craft having been built to tow or to push or to move alongside vessels of 20 metres or more,
  This definition does not include:






  — | vessels intended for passenger transport carrying no more that 12 people in addition to the crew, |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

1.

the following indents are added to Article 2:

—

‘
  “inland waterway vessel” shall mean a vessel intended for use on inland waterways having a length of 20 metres or more and having a volume of 100 m3 or more according to the formula defined in Annex I, Section 2, point 2.8a, or tugs or pusher craft having been built to tow or to push or to move alongside vessels of 20 metres or more,

This definition does not include:

—

vessels intended for passenger transport carrying no more that 12 people in addition to the crew,

| — | recreational craft with a length of less than 24 metres (as defined in Article 1(2) of Directive 94/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 June 1994 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to recreational craft (*1), |
| --- | --- |

—

recreational craft with a length of less than 24 metres (as defined in Article 1(2) of Directive 94/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 June 1994 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to recreational craft (*1),

| — | service craft belonging to supervisory authorities, |
| --- | --- |

—

service craft belonging to supervisory authorities,

| — | fire-service vessels, |
| --- | --- |

—

fire-service vessels,

| — | naval vessels, |
| --- | --- |

—

naval vessels,

| — | fishing vessels on the fishing vessels register of the Community, |
| --- | --- |

—

fishing vessels on the fishing vessels register of the Community,

| — | sea-going vessels, including sea-going tugs and pusher craft operating or based on tidal waters or temporarily on inland waterways, provided that they carry a valid navigation or safety certificate as defined in Annex I, Section 2, point 2.8b. |
| --- | --- |

—

sea-going vessels, including sea-going tugs and pusher craft operating or based on tidal waters or temporarily on inland waterways, provided that they carry a valid navigation or safety certificate as defined in Annex I, Section 2, point 2.8b.

| — | “Original equipment manufacturer (OEM)” shall mean a manufacturer of a type of non-road mobile machine, |
| --- | --- |

—

“Original equipment manufacturer (OEM)” shall mean a manufacturer of a type of non-road mobile machine,

| — | “Flexibility scheme” shall mean the procedure allowing an engine manufacturer to place on the market, during the period between two successive stages of limit values, a limited number of engines, to be installed in non-road mobile machinery, that only comply with the previous stage of emission limit values.’ |
| --- | --- |

—

“Flexibility scheme” shall mean the procedure allowing an engine manufacturer to place on the market, during the period between two successive stages of limit values, a limited number of engines, to be installed in non-road mobile machinery, that only comply with the previous stage of emission limit values.’

(*1)  
  OJ L 164, 30.6.1994, p. 15. Directive as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 1882/2003 (OJ L 284, 31.10.2003, p. 1)."

| 2. | Article 4 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the following text is added at the end of paragraph 2:
  ‘Annex VIII shall be amended in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.

Article 4 is amended as follows:

(a)

the following text is added at the end of paragraph 2:

‘Annex VIII shall be amended in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15.’;

| (b) | the following paragraph is added:

  ‘6.   Compression ignition engines for use other than in propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels may be placed on the market under a flexible scheme in accordance with the procedure referred to in Annex XIII in addition to paragraphs 1 to 5.’; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the following paragraph is added:

‘6.   Compression ignition engines for use other than in propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels may be placed on the market under a flexible scheme in accordance with the procedure referred to in Annex XIII in addition to paragraphs 1 to 5.’;

| 3. | in Article 6 the following paragraph is added:

  ‘5.   Compression ignition engines placed on the market under a “flexible scheme” shall be labelled in accordance with Annex XIII.’; |
| --- | --- |

3.

in Article 6 the following paragraph is added:

‘5.   Compression ignition engines placed on the market under a “flexible scheme” shall be labelled in accordance with Annex XIII.’;

| 4. | the following Article is inserted after Article 7:

  ‘Article 7a
  Inland waterway vessels

  1.   The following provisions shall apply to engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels. Paragraphs 2 and 3 shall not apply until the equivalence between the requirements established by this Directive and those established in the framework of the Mannheim Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is recognised by the Central Commission of Navigation on Rhine (hereinafter: CCNR) and the Commission is informed thereof.


  2.   Until 30 June 2007, Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines which meet the requirements established by CCNR stage I, the emission limit values for which are set out in Annex XIV.


  3.   As from 1 July 2007 and until the entry into force of a further set of limit values which would result from further amendments to this Directive, Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines which meet the requirements established by CCNR stage II, the emission limit values for which are set out in Annex XV.


  4.   In accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15, Annex VII shall be adapted to integrate the additional and specific information which may be required as regards the type approval certificate for engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels.


  5.   For the purposes of this Directive, as far as inland waterway vessels are concerned, any auxiliary engine with a power of more than 560 kW shall be subject to the same requirements as propulsion engines.’; |
| --- | --- |

4.

the following Article is inserted after Article 7:

‘Article 7a

Inland waterway vessels

1.   The following provisions shall apply to engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels. Paragraphs 2 and 3 shall not apply until the equivalence between the requirements established by this Directive and those established in the framework of the Mannheim Convention for the Navigation of the Rhine is recognised by the Central Commission of Navigation on Rhine (hereinafter: CCNR) and the Commission is informed thereof.

2.   Until 30 June 2007, Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines which meet the requirements established by CCNR stage I, the emission limit values for which are set out in Annex XIV.

3.   As from 1 July 2007 and until the entry into force of a further set of limit values which would result from further amendments to this Directive, Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines which meet the requirements established by CCNR stage II, the emission limit values for which are set out in Annex XV.

4.   In accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15, Annex VII shall be adapted to integrate the additional and specific information which may be required as regards the type approval certificate for engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels.

5.   For the purposes of this Directive, as far as inland waterway vessels are concerned, any auxiliary engine with a power of more than 560 kW shall be subject to the same requirements as propulsion engines.’;

| 5. | Article 8 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the title is replaced by ‘Placing on the market’. |
| --- | --- | --- |

5.

Article 8 is amended as follows:

(a)

the title is replaced by ‘Placing on the market’.

| (b) | paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:

  ‘1.   Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines, whether or not already installed in machinery, which meet the requirements of this Directive.’ |
| --- | --- |

(b)

paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:

‘1.   Member States may not refuse the placing on the market of engines, whether or not already installed in machinery, which meet the requirements of this Directive.’

| (c) | the following paragraph is inserted after paragraph 2:

  ‘2a.   Member States shall not issue the Community Inland Water Navigation certificate established by Council Directive 82/714/EC of 4 October 1982 laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels (*2)to any vessels whose engines do not meet the requirements of this Directive.’;


  (*2)  
  OJ L 301, 28.10.1982, p. 1. Directive as amended by the 2003 Act of Accession." |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the following paragraph is inserted after paragraph 2:

‘2a.   Member States shall not issue the Community Inland Water Navigation certificate established by Council Directive 82/714/EC of 4 October 1982 laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels (*2)to any vessels whose engines do not meet the requirements of this Directive.’;

(*2)  
  OJ L 301, 28.10.1982, p. 1. Directive as amended by the 2003 Act of Accession."

*2

| 6. | Article 9 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the introductory phrase of paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:
  ‘Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for an engine type or engine family and to issue the document as described in Annex VII and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery, in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.

Article 9 is amended as follows:

(a)

the introductory phrase of paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:

‘Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for an engine type or engine family and to issue the document as described in Annex VII and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery, in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed.’;

| (b) | the following paragraphs are inserted after paragraph 3:






  ‘3a. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IIIA ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES H, I, J and K)
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in AnnexVII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:






  — | H: after 30 June 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW, |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(b)

the following paragraphs are inserted after paragraph 3:

‘3a.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IIIA ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES H, I, J and K)

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in AnnexVII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:

—

H: after 30 June 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW,

| — | I: after 31 December 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

I: after 31 December 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW,

| — | J: after 31 December 2006 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P <75 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

J: after 31 December 2006 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P <75 kW,

| — | K: after 31 December 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

K: after 31 December 2005 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW,

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4. of Annex I.

| 3b. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IIIA CONSTANT SPEED ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES H, I, J and K)
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:






  — | Constant speed H engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P <560 kW, |
| --- | --- | --- |

3b.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IIIA CONSTANT SPEED ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES H, I, J and K)

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:

—

Constant speed H engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P <560 kW,

| — | Constant speed I engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P <130 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

Constant speed I engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P <130 kW,

| — | Constant speed J engines: after 31 December 2010 for engines of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P < 75 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

Constant speed J engines: after 31 December 2010 for engines of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P < 75 kW,

| — | Constant speed K engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

Constant speed K engines: after 31 December 2009 for engines of a power output: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW,

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values set out in the table in Section 4.1.2.4. of Annex I.

| 3c. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES L, M, N and P)
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:






  — | L: after 31 December 2009 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW, |
| --- | --- | --- |

3c.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES L, M, N and P)

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:

—

L: after 31 December 2009 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW,

| — | M: after 31 December 2010 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

M: after 31 December 2010 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW,

| — | N: after 31 December 2010 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 56 kW ≤ P < 75 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

N: after 31 December 2010 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 56 kW ≤ P < 75 kW,

| — | P: after 31 December 2011 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P < 56 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

P: after 31 December 2011 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 37 kW ≤ P < 56 kW,

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values set out in the table in Section 4.1.2.5. of Annex I.

| 3d. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IV ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES Q and R)
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:






  — | Q: after 31 December 2012 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW, |
| --- | --- | --- |

3d.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE IV ENGINES (ENGINE CATEGORIES Q and R)

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII, and shall refuse to grant any other type-approval for non-road mobile machinery in which an engine, not already placed on the market, is installed:

—

Q: after 31 December 2012 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW,

| — | R: after 30 September 2013 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 56 kW ≤ P < 130 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

R: after 30 September 2013 for engines — other than constant speed engines — of a power output: 56 kW ≤ P < 130 kW,

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values set out in the table in Section 4.1.2.6. of Annex I.

| 3e. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS (ENGINE CATEGORIES V)
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:






  — | V1:1: after 31 December 2005 for engines of power output at or above 37 kW and swept volume below 0,9 litres per cylinder, |
| --- | --- | --- |

3e.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS (ENGINE CATEGORIES V)

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:

—

V1:1: after 31 December 2005 for engines of power output at or above 37 kW and swept volume below 0,9 litres per cylinder,

| — | V1:2: after 30 June 2005 for engines with swept volume at or above 0,9 but below 1,2 litres per cylinder, |
| --- | --- |

—

V1:2: after 30 June 2005 for engines with swept volume at or above 0,9 but below 1,2 litres per cylinder,

| — | V1:3: after 30 June 2005 for engines with swept volume at or above 1,2 but below 2,5 litres per cylinder and an engine power output of: 37 kW ≤ P < 75 kW, |
| --- | --- |

—

V1:3: after 30 June 2005 for engines with swept volume at or above 1,2 but below 2,5 litres per cylinder and an engine power output of: 37 kW ≤ P < 75 kW,

| — | V1:4: after 31 December 2006 for engines with swept volume at or above 2,5 but below 5 litres per cylinder, |
| --- | --- |

—

V1:4: after 31 December 2006 for engines with swept volume at or above 2,5 but below 5 litres per cylinder,

| — | V2: after 31 December 2007 for engines with swept volume at or above 5 litres per cylinder, |
| --- | --- |

—

V2: after 31 December 2007 for engines with swept volume at or above 5 litres per cylinder,

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4 of Annex I.

| 3f. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN RAILCARS
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:






  — | RC A: after 30 June 2005 for engines of power output above 130 kW |
| --- | --- | --- |

3f.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN RAILCARS

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:

—

RC A: after 30 June 2005 for engines of power output above 130 kW

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4 of Annex I.

| 3g. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN RAILCARS
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:






  — | RC B: after 31 December 2010 for engines of power output above 130 kW |
| --- | --- | --- |

3g.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN RAILCARS

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:

—

RC B: after 31 December 2010 for engines of power output above 130 kW

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.5 of Annex I.

| 3h. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN LOCOMOTIVES
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:






  — | RL A: after 31 December 2005 for engines of power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW |
| --- | --- | --- |

3h.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III A PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN LOCOMOTIVES

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:

—

RL A: after 31 December 2005 for engines of power output: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW

| — | RH A: after 31 December 2007 for engines of power output: 560 kW < P |
| --- | --- |

—

RH A: after 31 December 2007 for engines of power output: 560 kW < P

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4 of Annex I. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to the engine types and families referred to where a contract has been entered into to purchase the engine before 20 May 2004 and provided that the engine is placed on the market no later than two years after the applicable date for the relevant category of locomotives.

| 3i. | TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN LOCOMOTIVES
  Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:






  — | R B: after 31 December 2010 for engines of power output above 130 kW |
| --- | --- | --- |

3i.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF STAGE III B PROPULSION ENGINES USED IN LOCOMOTIVES

Member States shall refuse to grant type-approval for the following engine types or families and to issue the document as described in Annex VII:

—

R B: after 31 December 2010 for engines of power output above 130 kW

where the engine fails to meet the requirements specified in this Directive and where the emissions of particulate and gaseous pollutants from the engine do not comply with the limit values as set out in the table in section 4.1.2.5 of Annex I. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to the engine types and families referred to where a contract has been entered into to purchase the engine before 20 May 2004 and provided that the engine is placed on the market no later than two years after the applicable date for the relevant category of locomotives.’;

| (c) | the title of paragraph 4 is replaced by the following:

  ‘PLACING ON THE MARKET: ENGINE PRODUCTION DATES’ |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the title of paragraph 4 is replaced by the following:

‘PLACING ON THE MARKET: ENGINE PRODUCTION DATES’

| (d) | the following paragraph is inserted:






  ‘4a. | Without prejudice to Article 7a and to Article 9(3g) and (3h), after the dates referred to hereafter, with the exception of machinery and engines intended for export to third countries, Member States shall permit the placing on the market of engines, whether or not already installed in machinery, only if they meet the requirements of this Directive, and only if the engine is approved in compliance with one of the categories as defined in paragraphs 2 and 3.
  Stage III A other than constant speed engines






  — | category H: 31 December 2005 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(d)

the following paragraph is inserted:

‘4a.

Without prejudice to Article 7a and to Article 9(3g) and (3h), after the dates referred to hereafter, with the exception of machinery and engines intended for export to third countries, Member States shall permit the placing on the market of engines, whether or not already installed in machinery, only if they meet the requirements of this Directive, and only if the engine is approved in compliance with one of the categories as defined in paragraphs 2 and 3.

Stage III A other than constant speed engines

—

category H: 31 December 2005

| — | category I: 31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category I: 31 December 2006

| — | category J: 31 December 2007 |
| --- | --- |

—

category J: 31 December 2007

| — | category K: 31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category K: 31 December 2006

Stage III A inland waterway vessel engines

| — | category V1:1: 31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category V1:1: 31 December 2006

| — | category V1:2: 31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category V1:2: 31 December 2006

| — | category V1:3: 31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category V1:3: 31 December 2006

| — | category V1:4: 31 December 2008 |
| --- | --- |

—

category V1:4: 31 December 2008

| — | categories V2: 31 December 2008 |
| --- | --- |

—

categories V2: 31 December 2008

Stage III A constant speed engines

| — | category H: 31 December 2010 |
| --- | --- |

—

category H: 31 December 2010

| — | category I: 31 December 2010 |
| --- | --- |

—

category I: 31 December 2010

| — | category J: 31 December 2011 |
| --- | --- |

—

category J: 31 December 2011

| — | category K: 31 December 2010 |
| --- | --- |

—

category K: 31 December 2010

Stage III A railcar engines

| — | category RC A: 31 December 2005 |
| --- | --- |

—

category RC A: 31 December 2005

Stage III A locomotive engines

| — | category RL A:31 December 2006 |
| --- | --- |

—

category RL A:31 December 2006

| — | category RH A:31 December 2008 |
| --- | --- |

—

category RH A:31 December 2008

Stage III B other than constant speed engines

| — | category L: 31 December 2010 |
| --- | --- |

—

category L: 31 December 2010

| — | category M: 31 December 2011 |
| --- | --- |

—

category M: 31 December 2011

| — | category N: 31 December 2011 |
| --- | --- |

—

category N: 31 December 2011

| — | category P: 31 December 2012 |
| --- | --- |

—

category P: 31 December 2012

Stage III B railcar engines

| — | category RC B: 31 December 2011 |
| --- | --- |

—

category RC B: 31 December 2011

Stage III B locomotive engines

| — | category R B: 31 December 2011 |
| --- | --- |

—

category R B: 31 December 2011

Stage IV other than constant speed engines

| — | category Q: 31 December 2013 |
| --- | --- |

—

category Q: 31 December 2013

| — | category R: 30 September 2014 |
| --- | --- |

—

category R: 30 September 2014

For each category, the above requirements shall be postponed by two years in respect of engines with a production date prior to the said date.

The permission granted for one stage of emission limit values shall be terminated with effect from the mandatory implementation of the next stage of limit values.’;

| (e) | the following paragraph is added:






  ‘4b. | Labelling to indicate early compliance with the standards of stages IIIA, IIIB and IV
  For engine types or engine families meeting the limit values set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4, 4.1.2.5 and 4.1.2.6 of Annex I before the dates laid down in paragraph 4 of this Article, Member States shall allow special labelling and marking to show that the equipment concerned meets the required limit values before the dates laid down.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(e)

the following paragraph is added:

‘4b.

Labelling to indicate early compliance with the standards of stages IIIA, IIIB and IV

For engine types or engine families meeting the limit values set out in the table in section 4.1.2.4, 4.1.2.5 and 4.1.2.6 of Annex I before the dates laid down in paragraph 4 of this Article, Member States shall allow special labelling and marking to show that the equipment concerned meets the required limit values before the dates laid down.’;

| 7. | Article 10 is amended as follows:






  (a) | paragraphs 1 and 1a are replaced by the following:

  ‘1.   The requirements of Article 8(1) and (2), Article 9(4) and Article 9a(5) shall not apply to:






  — | engines for use by the armed services, |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

7.

Article 10 is amended as follows:

(a)

paragraphs 1 and 1a are replaced by the following:

‘1.   The requirements of Article 8(1) and (2), Article 9(4) and Article 9a(5) shall not apply to:

—

engines for use by the armed services,

| — | engines exempted in accordance with paragraphs 1a and 2, |
| --- | --- |

—

engines exempted in accordance with paragraphs 1a and 2,

| — | engines for use in machines intended primarily for the launch and recovery of lifeboats, |
| --- | --- |

—

engines for use in machines intended primarily for the launch and recovery of lifeboats,

| — | engines for use in machines intended primarily for the launch and recovery of beach launched vessels. |
| --- | --- |

—

engines for use in machines intended primarily for the launch and recovery of beach launched vessels.

1a.   Without prejudice to Article 7a and to Article 9(3g) and (3h), replacement engines, except for railcar, locomotive and inland waterway vessel propulsion engines, shall comply with the limit values that the engine to be replaced had to meet when originally placed on the market.

The text “REPLACEMENT ENGINE” shall be attached to a label on the engine or inserted into the owner's manual.’;

| (b) | the following paragraphs are added:

  ‘5.   Engines may be placed on the market under a “flexible scheme” in accordance with the provisions in Annex XIII.


  6.   Paragraph 2 shall not apply to propulsion engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels.


  7.   Member States shall permit the placing on the market of engines, as defined under A(i) and A(ii) of Annex I, under the “flexibility scheme” in accordance with the provisions in Annex XIII.’; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the following paragraphs are added:

‘5.   Engines may be placed on the market under a “flexible scheme” in accordance with the provisions in Annex XIII.

6.   Paragraph 2 shall not apply to propulsion engines to be installed in inland waterway vessels.

7.   Member States shall permit the placing on the market of engines, as defined under A(i) and A(ii) of Annex I, under the “flexibility scheme” in accordance with the provisions in Annex XIII.’;

| 8. | the Annexes are amended as follows:






  (a) | Annexes I, III, V, VII and XII are amended in accordance with Annex I to this Directive; |
| --- | --- | --- |

8.

the Annexes are amended as follows:

(a)

Annexes I, III, V, VII and XII are amended in accordance with Annex I to this Directive;

| (b) | Annex VI is replaced by Annex II to this Directive; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

Annex VI is replaced by Annex II to this Directive;

| (c) | a new Annex XIII as set out in Annex III to this Directive is added; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

a new Annex XIII as set out in Annex III to this Directive is added;

| (d) | a new Annex XIV as set out in Annex IV to this Directive is added; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

a new Annex XIV as set out in Annex IV to this Directive is added;

| (e) | a new Annex XV as set out in Annex IV to this Directive is added; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

a new Annex XV as set out in Annex IV to this Directive is added;

and the list of the existing Annexes is amended accordingly.

Article 2

The Commission shall, not later than 31 December 2007:

| (a) | re-assess its non-road emission inventory estimates and specifically examine potential cross-checks and correction factors; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

re-assess its non-road emission inventory estimates and specifically examine potential cross-checks and correction factors;

| (b) | consider the available technology, including the cost/benefits, with a view to confirming Stage III B and IV limit values and evaluating the possible need for additional flexibilities, exemptions or later introduction dates for certain types of equipment or engines and taking into account engines installed in non-road mobile machinery used in seasonal applications; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

consider the available technology, including the cost/benefits, with a view to confirming Stage III B and IV limit values and evaluating the possible need for additional flexibilities, exemptions or later introduction dates for certain types of equipment or engines and taking into account engines installed in non-road mobile machinery used in seasonal applications;

| (c) | evaluate the application of test cycles for engines in railcars and locomotives and, in the case of engines in locomotives, the cost and benefits of a further reduction of emission limit values in view of the application of NOx after-treatment technology; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

evaluate the application of test cycles for engines in railcars and locomotives and, in the case of engines in locomotives, the cost and benefits of a further reduction of emission limit values in view of the application of NOx after-treatment technology;

| (d) | consider the need to introduce a further set of limit values for engines to be used in inland waterway vessels taking into account in particular the technical and economic feasibility of secondary abatement options in this application; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

consider the need to introduce a further set of limit values for engines to be used in inland waterway vessels taking into account in particular the technical and economic feasibility of secondary abatement options in this application;

| (e) | consider the need to introduce emission limit values for engines below 19 kW and above 560 kW; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

consider the need to introduce emission limit values for engines below 19 kW and above 560 kW;

| (f) | consider the availability of fuels required by the technologies used to meet the Stage IIIB and IV standards levels; |
| --- | --- |

(f)

consider the availability of fuels required by the technologies used to meet the Stage IIIB and IV standards levels;

| (g) | consider the engine operating conditions under which the maximum permissible percentages by which the emission limit values laid down in Section 4.1.2.5 and 4.1.2.6 of Annex I may be exceeded and present proposals as appropriate to technically adapt the Directive in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15 of Directive 97/68/EC; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

consider the engine operating conditions under which the maximum permissible percentages by which the emission limit values laid down in Section 4.1.2.5 and 4.1.2.6 of Annex I may be exceeded and present proposals as appropriate to technically adapt the Directive in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15 of Directive 97/68/EC;

| (h) | assess the need for a system for ‘in-use compliance’ and examine possible options for its implementation; |
| --- | --- |

(h)

assess the need for a system for ‘in-use compliance’ and examine possible options for its implementation;

| (i) | consider detailed rules to prevent ‘cycle beating’ and cycle by-pass; |
| --- | --- |

(i)

consider detailed rules to prevent ‘cycle beating’ and cycle by-pass;

and submit, where appropriate, proposals to the European Parliament and the Council.

Article 3

1.   Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive by 20 May 2005. They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt those measures, they shall contain a reference to this Directive or shall be accompanied by such a reference on the occasion of their official publication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by Member States.

2.   Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 4

Member States shall determine the sanctions applicable to breaches of the national provisions adopted pursuant to this Directive and shall take all necessary measures for their implementation. The sanctions determined must be effective, proportionate and dissuasive. Member States shall notify these provisions to the Commission by 20 may 2005, and shall notify any subsequent modifications thereof as soon as possible.

Article 5

This Directive shall enter into force on the 20th day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Article 6

This Directive is addressed to the Member States.

Done at Strasbourg, 21 April 2004.

For the European Parliament

The President

P. COX

For the Council

The President

D. ROCHE

ANNEX I

1.

| 1. | Section 1 is amended as follows:






  (a) | point A is replaced by the following:






  ‘A. | intended and suited, to move, or to be moved with or without road, and with






  (i) | a C.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. that is higher than or equal to 19 kW but not more than 560 kW and that is operated under intermittent speed rather than a single constant speed; or |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |

1.

Section 1 is amended as follows:

(a)

point A is replaced by the following:

‘A.

intended and suited, to move, or to be moved with or without road, and with

(i)

a C.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. that is higher than or equal to 19 kW but not more than 560 kW and that is operated under intermittent speed rather than a single constant speed; or

| (ii) | a C.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. that is higher than or equal to 19 kW but not more than 560 kW and that is operated under constant speed. Limits only apply from 31 December 2006; or |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

a C.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. that is higher than or equal to 19 kW but not more than 560 kW and that is operated under constant speed. Limits only apply from 31 December 2006; or

| (iii) | a petrol fuelled S.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. of not more than 19 kW; or |
| --- | --- |

(iii)

a petrol fuelled S.I. engine having a net power in accordance with section 2.4. of not more than 19 kW; or

| (iv) | engines designed for the propulsion of railcars, which are self propelled on-track vehicles specifically designed to carry goods and/or passengers; or |
| --- | --- |

(iv)

engines designed for the propulsion of railcars, which are self propelled on-track vehicles specifically designed to carry goods and/or passengers; or

| (v) | engines designed for the propulsion of locomotives which are self-propelled pieces of on-track equipment designed for moving or propelling cars that are designed to carry freight, passengers and other equipment, but which themselves are not designed or intended to carry freight, passengers (other than those operating the locomotive) or other equipment. Any auxiliary engine or engine intended to power equipment designed to perform maintenance or construction work on the tracks is not classified under this paragraph but under A(i).’ |
| --- | --- |

(v)

engines designed for the propulsion of locomotives which are self-propelled pieces of on-track equipment designed for moving or propelling cars that are designed to carry freight, passengers and other equipment, but which themselves are not designed or intended to carry freight, passengers (other than those operating the locomotive) or other equipment. Any auxiliary engine or engine intended to power equipment designed to perform maintenance or construction work on the tracks is not classified under this paragraph but under A(i).’

| (b) | point B is replaced by the following:






  ‘B. | Ships, except vessels intended for use on inland waterways’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

point B is replaced by the following:

‘B.

Ships, except vessels intended for use on inland waterways’

| (c) | point C is deleted. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

point C is deleted.

| 2. | Section 2 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the following is inserted:






  ‘2.8a: | volume of 100 m
  3
  or more with regard to a vessel intended for use on inland waterways means its volume calculated on the formula LxBxT, “L” being the maximum length of the hull, excluding rudder and bowsprit, “B” being the maximum breadth of the hull in metres, measured to the outer edge of the shell plating (excluding paddle wheels, rubbing strakes, etc.) and “T” being the vertical distance between the lowest moulded point of the hull or the keel and the maximum draught line. |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

2.

Section 2 is amended as follows:

(a)

the following is inserted:

‘2.8a:

volume of 100 m
  3
  or more with regard to a vessel intended for use on inland waterways means its volume calculated on the formula LxBxT, “L” being the maximum length of the hull, excluding rudder and bowsprit, “B” being the maximum breadth of the hull in metres, measured to the outer edge of the shell plating (excluding paddle wheels, rubbing strakes, etc.) and “T” being the vertical distance between the lowest moulded point of the hull or the keel and the maximum draught line.

| 2.8b: | valid navigation or safety certificate shall mean:






  (a) | a certificate proving conformity with the 1974 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, or equivalent, or |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.8b:

valid navigation or safety certificate shall mean:

(a)

a certificate proving conformity with the 1974 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, or equivalent, or

| (b) | a certificate proving conformity with the 1966 International Convention on Load Lines, as amended, or equivalent, and an IOPP certificate proving conformity with the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), as amended. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

a certificate proving conformity with the 1966 International Convention on Load Lines, as amended, or equivalent, and an IOPP certificate proving conformity with the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), as amended.

| 2.8c: | Defeat device shall mean a device which measures, senses or responds to operating variables for the purpose of activating, modulating, delaying or deactivating the operation of any component or function of the emission control system such that the effectiveness of the control system is reduced under conditions encountered during the normal non-road mobile machinery use unless the use of such a device is substantially included in the applied emission test certification procedure. |
| --- | --- |

2.8c:

Defeat device shall mean a device which measures, senses or responds to operating variables for the purpose of activating, modulating, delaying or deactivating the operation of any component or function of the emission control system such that the effectiveness of the control system is reduced under conditions encountered during the normal non-road mobile machinery use unless the use of such a device is substantially included in the applied emission test certification procedure.

| 2.8d: | Irrational control strategy shall mean any strategy or measure that, when the non-road mobile machinery is operated under normal conditions of use, reduces the effectiveness of the emission control system to a level below that expected in the applicable emission test procedures.’ |
| --- | --- |

2.8d:

Irrational control strategy shall mean any strategy or measure that, when the non-road mobile machinery is operated under normal conditions of use, reduces the effectiveness of the emission control system to a level below that expected in the applicable emission test procedures.’

| (b) | the following section is inserted:






  ‘2.17. | test cycle shall mean a sequence of test points, each with a defined speed and torque, to be followed by the engine under steady state (NRSC test) or transient operating conditions (NRTC test);’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

the following section is inserted:

‘2.17.

test cycle shall mean a sequence of test points, each with a defined speed and torque, to be followed by the engine under steady state (NRSC test) or transient operating conditions (NRTC test);’

| (c) | the current Section 2.17 is renumbered 2.18 and replaced by the following:
  ‘2.18.   Symbols and abbreviations








  2.18.1. | Symbols for test parameters







  Symbol | Unit | Term |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| A/Fst | - | Stoichiometric air/fuel ratio |
| AP | m2 | Cross sectional area of the isokinetic sampling probe |
| AT | m2 | Cross sectional area of the exhaust pipe |
| Aver | | Weighted average values for: |
| m3/h | — | volume flow |

(c)

the current Section 2.17 is renumbered 2.18 and replaced by the following:

‘2.18.   Symbols and abbreviations

2.18.1.

Symbol

Unit

Term

A/Fst

-

Stoichiometric air/fuel ratio

AP

m2

Cross sectional area of the isokinetic sampling probe

AT

m2

Cross sectional area of the exhaust pipe

Aver

Weighted average values for:

m3/h

—

volume flow

kg/h

| — | mass flow |
| --- | --- |

—

mass flow

C1

-

Carbon 1 equivalent hydrocarbon

Cd

-

Discharge coefficient of the SSV

Conc

ppm

Concentration (with suffix of the component nominating)

Concc

ppm

Background corrected concentration

Concd

ppm

Concentration of the pollutant measured in the dilution air

Conce

ppm

Concentration of the pollutant measured in the diluted exhaust gas

d

m

Diameter

DF

-

Dilution factor

fa

-

Laboratory atmospheric factor

GAIRD

kg/h

Intake air mass flow rate on dry basis

GAIRW

kg/h

Intake air mass flow rate on wet basis

GDILW

kg/h

Dilution air mass flow rate on wet basis

GEDFW

kg/h

Equivalent diluted exhaust gas mass flow rate on wet basis

GEXHW

kg/h

Exhaust gas mass flow rate on wet basis

GFUEL

kg/h

Fuel mass flow rate

GSE

kg/h

Sampled exhaust mass flow rate

GT

cm3/min

Tracer gas flow rate

GTOTW

kg/h

Diluted exhaust gas mass flow rate on wet basis

Ha

g/kg

Absolute humidity of the intake air

Hd

g/kg

Absolute humidity of the dilution air

HREF

g/kg

Reference value of absolute humidity (10,71 g/kg)

i

-

Subscript denoting an individual mode (for NRSC test)or an instantaneous value (for NRTC test)

KH

-

Humidity correction factor for NOx

Kp

-

Humidity correction factor for particulate

KV

-

CFV calibration function

KW, a

-

Dry to wet correction factor for the intake air

KW, d

-

Dry to wet correction factor for the dilution air

KW, e

-

Dry to wet correction factor for the diluted exhaust gas

KW, r

-

Dry to wet correction factor for the raw exhaust gas

L

%

Percent torque related to the maximum torque for the test speed

Md

mg

Particulate sample mass of the dilution air collected

MDIL

kg

Mass of the dilution air sample passed through the particulate sampling filters

MEDFW

kg

Mass of equivalent diluted exhaust gas over the cycle

MEXHW

kg

Total exhaust mass flow over the cycle

Mf

mg

Particulate sample mass collected

Mf, p

mg

Particulate sample mass collected on primary filter

Mf, b

mg

Particulate sample mass collected on back-up filter

Mgas

g

Total mass of gaseous pollutant over the cycle

MPT

g

Total mass of particulate over the cycle

MSAM

kg

Mass of the diluted exhaust sample passed through the particulate sampling filters

MSE

kg

Sampled exhaust mass over the cycle

MSEC

kg

Mass of secondary dilution air

MTOT

kg

Total mass of double diluted exhaust over the cycle

MTOTW

kg

Total mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the dilution tunnel over the cycle on wet basis

MTOTW, I

kg

Instantaneous mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the dilution tunnel on wet basis

mass

g/h

Subscript denoting emissions mass flow (rate)

NP

-

Total revolutions of PDP over the cycle

nref

min-1

Reference engine speed for NRTC test

nsp

s-2

Derivative of the engine speed

P

kW

Power, brake uncorrected

p1

kPa

Pressure drop below atmospheric at the pump inlet of PDP

PA

kPa

Absolute pressure

Pa

kPa

Saturation vapour pressure of the engine intake air (ISO 3046: psy=PSY test ambient)

PAE

kW

Declared total power absorbed by auxiliaries fitted for the test which are not required by paragraph 2.4. of this Annex

PB

kPa

Total atmospheric pressure (ISO 3046: Px=PX Site ambient total pressure Py=PY Test ambient total pressure)

pd

kPa

Saturation vapour pressure of the dilution air

PM

kW

Maximum power at the test speed under test conditions (see Annex VII, Appendix 1)

Pm

kW

Power measured on test bed

ps

kPa

Dry atmospheric pressure

q

-

Dilution ratio

Qs

m3/s

CVS volume flow rate

r

-

Ratio of the SSV throat to inlet absolute, static pressure

r

Ratio of cross sectional areas of isokinetic probe and exhaust pipe

Ra

%

Relative humidity of the intake air

Rd

%

Relative humidity of the dilution air

Re

-

Reynolds number

Rf

-

FID response factor

T

K

Absolute temperature

t

s

Measuring time

Ta

K

Absolute temperature of the intake air

TD

K

Absolute dew point temperature

Tref

K

Reference temperature of combustion air: (298 K)

Tsp

N·m

Demanded torque of the transient cycle

t10

s

Time between step input and 10 % of final reading

t50

s

Time between step input and 50 % of final reading

t90

s

Time between step input and 90 % of final reading

Δti

s

Time interval for instantaneous CFV flow

V0

m3/rev

PDP volume flow rate at actual conditions

Wact

kWh

Actual cycle work of NRTC

WF

-

Weighting factor

WFE

-

Effective weighting factor

X0

m3/rev

Calibration function of PDP volume flow rate

ΘD

kg·m2

Rotational inertia of the eddy-current dynamometer

ß

-

Ratio of the SSV throat diameter, d, to the inlet pipe inner diameter

λ

-

Relative air/fuel ratio, actual A/F divided by stoichiometric A/F

ρEXH

kg/m3

Density of the exhaust gas

| 2.18.2. | Symbols for chemical components






  CH4 | Methane |
| --- | --- | --- |
| C3H8 | Propane |
| C2H6 | Ethane |
| CO | Carbon monoxide |
| CO2 | Carbon dioxide |
| DOP | Di-octylphthalate |
| H2O | Water |
| HC | Hydrocarbons |
| NOx | Oxides of nitrogen |
| NO | Nitric oxide |
| NO2 | Nitrogen dioxide |
| O2 | Oxygen |
| PT | Particulates |
| PTFE | Polytetrafluoroethylene |

2.18.2.

CH4

Methane

C3H8

Propane

C2H6

Ethane

CO

Carbon monoxide

CO2

Carbon dioxide

DOP

Di-octylphthalate

H2O

Water

HC

Hydrocarbons

NOx

Oxides of nitrogen

NO

Nitric oxide

NO2

Nitrogen dioxide

O2

Oxygen

PT

Particulates

PTFE

Polytetrafluoroethylene

| 2.18.3. | Abbreviations






  CFV | Critical flow venturi |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CLD | Chemiluminescent detector |
| CI | Compression ignition |
| FID | Flame ionisation detector |
| FS | Full scale |
| HCLD | Heated chemiluminescent detector |
| HFID | Heated flame ionisation detector |
| NDIR | Non-dispersive infrared analyser |
| NG | Natural gas |
| NRSC | Non-road steady cycle |
| NRTC | Non-road transient cycle |
| PDP | Positive displacement pump |
| SI | Spark ignition |
| SSV | Subsonic venturi |

2.18.3.

CFV

Critical flow venturi

CLD

Chemiluminescent detector

CI

Compression ignition

FID

Flame ionisation detector

FS

Full scale

HCLD

Heated chemiluminescent detector

HFID

Heated flame ionisation detector

NDIR

Non-dispersive infrared analyser

NG

Natural gas

NRSC

Non-road steady cycle

NRTC

Non-road transient cycle

PDP

Positive displacement pump

SI

Spark ignition

SSV

Subsonic venturi

| 3. | The following section is added to Section 3:






  ‘3.1.4. | labels in accordance with Annex XIII, if the engine is placed on the market under flexible scheme provisions.’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.

The following section is added to Section 3:

‘3.1.4.

| 4. | Section 4 is amended as follows:






  (a) | at the end of section 4.1.1. the following is added:

  ‘All engines that expel exhaust gases mixed with water shall be equipped with a connection in the engine exhaust system that is located downstream of the engine and before any point at which the exhaust contacts water (or any other cooling/scrubbing medium) for the temporary attachment of gaseous or particulate emissions sampling equipment. It is important that the location of this connection allows a well mixed representative sample of the exhaust. This connection shall be internally threaded with standard pipe threads of a size not larger than one-half inch, and shall be closed by a plug when not in use (equivalent connections are allowed).’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.

Section 4 is amended as follows:

(a)

at the end of section 4.1.1. the following is added:

‘All engines that expel exhaust gases mixed with water shall be equipped with a connection in the engine exhaust system that is located downstream of the engine and before any point at which the exhaust contacts water (or any other cooling/scrubbing medium) for the temporary attachment of gaseous or particulate emissions sampling equipment. It is important that the location of this connection allows a well mixed representative sample of the exhaust. This connection shall be internally threaded with standard pipe threads of a size not larger than one-half inch, and shall be closed by a plug when not in use (equivalent connections are allowed).’

| (b) | the following section is added:






  ‘4.1.2.4. | The emissions of carbon monoxide, the emissions of the sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen and the emissions of particulates shall for stage III A not exceed the amounts shown in the table below:
  Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of inland waterway vessels, locomotives and railcars:








  Category: Net power
  (P )
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen
  (HC+NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| H: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW | 3,5 | 4,0 | 0,2 |
| I: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW | 5,0 | 4,0 | 0,3 |
| J: 37 kW ≤ P <75 kW | 5,0 | 4,7 | 0,4 |
| K: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW | 5,5 | 7,5 | 0,6 |

(b)

the following section is added:

‘4.1.2.4.

Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of inland waterway vessels, locomotives and railcars:

Category: Net power

(P )

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen

(HC+NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

H: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW

3,5

4,0

0,2

I: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW

5,0

4,0

0,3

J: 37 kW ≤ P <75 kW

5,0

4,7

0,4

K: 19 kW ≤ P <37 kW

5,5

7,5

0,6

Engines for propulsion of inland waterway vessels

| Category: swept volume/net power
  (SV/P )
  (litres per cylinder/kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen
  (HC+NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| V1:1 SV< 0,9 and P≥37 kW | 5,0 | 7,5 | 0,40 |
| V1:2 0,9≤SV< 1,2 | 5,0 | 7,2 | 0,30 |
| V1:3 1,2≤SV< 2,5 | 5,0 | 7,2 | 0,20 |
| V1:4 2,5≤SV< 5 | 5,0 | 7,2 | 0,20 |
| V2:1 5≤SV< 15 | 5,0 | 7,8 | 0,27 |
| V2:2 15≤SV< 20 and | 5,0 | 8,7 | 0,50 |
| V2:3 15≤SV< 20 | 5,0 | 9,8 | 0,50 |
| V2:4 20≤SV< 25 | 5,0 | 9,8 | 0,50 |
| V2:5 25≤SV< 30 | 5,0 | 11,0 | 0,50 |

Category: swept volume/net power

(SV/P )

(litres per cylinder/kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen

(HC+NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

V1:1 SV< 0,9 and P≥37 kW

5,0

7,5

0,40

V1:2 0,9≤SV< 1,2

5,0

7,2

0,30

V1:3 1,2≤SV< 2,5

5,0

7,2

0,20

V1:4 2,5≤SV< 5

5,0

7,2

0,20

V2:1 5≤SV< 15

5,0

7,8

0,27

V2:2 15≤SV< 20 and

5,0

8,7

0,50

V2:3 15≤SV< 20

5,0

9,8

0,50

V2:4 20≤SV< 25

5,0

9,8

0,50

V2:5 25≤SV< 30

5,0

11,0

0,50

Engines for propulsion of locomotives

| Category: Net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen
  (HC+NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RL A: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW | 3,5 | 4,0 | 0,2 |
| | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Hydrocarbons
  (HC)
  (g/kWh) | Oxides of nitrogen
  (NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| RH A: P > 560 kW | 3,5 | 0,5 | 6,0 | 0,2 |
| RH A Engines with P > 2 000 kW and SV > 5 l/cylinder | 3,5 | 0,4 | 7,4 | 0,2 |

Category: Net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen

(HC+NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

RL A: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW

3,5

4,0

0,2

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Hydrocarbons

(HC)

(g/kWh)

Oxides of nitrogen

(NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

RH A: P > 560 kW

3,5

0,5

6,0

0,2

RH A Engines with P > 2 000 kW and SV > 5 l/cylinder

3,5

0,4

7,4

0,2

Engines for propulsion of railcars’

| Category: net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen
  (HC+NOX)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RC A: 130 kW < P | 3,5 | 4,0 | 0,20 |

Category: net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen

(HC+NOX)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

RC A: 130 kW < P

3,5

4,0

0,20

| (c) | the following section is inserted:






  ‘4.1.2.5. | The emissions of carbon monoxide, the emissions of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (or their sum where relevant) and the emissions of particulates shall, for stage III B, not exceed the amounts shown in the table below:
  Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels









  Category: net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Hydrocarbons
  (HC)
  (g/kWh) | Oxides of nitrogen
  (NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| L: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW | 3,5 | 0,19 | 2,0 | 0,025 |
| M: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW | 5,0 | 0,19 | 3,3 | 0,025 |
| N: 56 kW ≤ P <75 kW | 5,0 | 0,19 | 3,3 | 0,025 |
| | | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides ofnitrogen
  (HC+NOx)
  (g/kWh) | |
| P: 37 kW ≤ P < 56 kW | 5,0 | 4,7 | 0,025 |

(c)

the following section is inserted:

‘4.1.2.5.

Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels

Category: net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Hydrocarbons

(HC)

(g/kWh)

Oxides of nitrogen

(NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

L: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW

3,5

0,19

2,0

0,025

M: 75 kW ≤ P < 130 kW

5,0

0,19

3,3

0,025

N: 56 kW ≤ P <75 kW

5,0

0,19

3,3

0,025

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides ofnitrogen

(HC+NOx)

(g/kWh)

P: 37 kW ≤ P < 56 kW

5,0

4,7

0,025

Engines for propulsion of railcars

| Category: net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Hydrocarbons
  (HC)
  (g/kWh) | Oxides of nitrogen
  (NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RC B: 130 kW < P | 3,5 | 0,19 | 2,0 | 0,025 |

Category: net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Hydrocarbons

(HC)

(g/kWh)

Oxides of nitrogen

(NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

RC B: 130 kW < P

3,5

0,19

2,0

0,025

Engines for propulsion of locomotives:

| Category: net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen
  (HC + NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| RC B: 130 kW < P | 3,5 | 4,0 | 0,025 |

Category: net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Sum of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen

(HC + NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

RC B: 130 kW < P

3,5

4,0

0,025

| (d) | the following section is inserted after the new section 4.1.2.5:






  ‘4.1.2.6. | The emissions of carbon monoxide, the emissions of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (or their sum where relevant) and the emissions of particulates shall for stage IV not exceed the amounts shown in the table below:
  Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels









  Category: Net power
  (P)
  (kW) | Carbon monoxide
  (CO)
  (g/kWh) | Hydrocarbons
  (HC)
  (g/kWh) | Oxides of nitrogen
  (NOx)
  (g/kWh) | Particulates
  (PT)
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Q: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW | 3,5 | 0,19 | 0,4 | 0,025 |
| R: 56 kW ≤ P < 130 kW | 5,0 | 0,19 | 0,4 | 0,025 ’ |

(d)

the following section is inserted after the new section 4.1.2.5:

‘4.1.2.6.

Engines for use in other applications than propulsion of locomotives, railcars and inland waterway vessels

Category: Net power

(P)

(kW)

Carbon monoxide

(CO)

(g/kWh)

Hydrocarbons

(HC)

(g/kWh)

Oxides of nitrogen

(NOx)

(g/kWh)

Particulates

(PT)

(g/kWh)

Q: 130 kW ≤ P ≤ 560 kW

3,5

0,19

0,4

0,025

R: 56 kW ≤ P < 130 kW

5,0

0,19

0,4

0,025 ’

| (e) | the following section is inserted:






  ‘4.1.2.7. | The limit values in sections 4.1.2.4, 4.1.2.5. and 4.1.2.6. shall include deterioration calculated in accordance with Annex III, Appendix 5.
  In the case of limit values standards contained in sections 4.1.2.5. and 4.1.2.6, under all randomly selected load conditions, belonging to a definite control area and with the exception of specified engine operating conditions which are not subject to such a provision, the emissions sampled during a time duration as small as 30 s shall not exceed by more than 100 % the limit values of the above tables. The control area to which the percentage not to be exceeded shall apply and the excluded engine operating conditions shall be defined in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15.’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

(e)

the following section is inserted:

‘4.1.2.7.

In the case of limit values standards contained in sections 4.1.2.5. and 4.1.2.6, under all randomly selected load conditions, belonging to a definite control area and with the exception of specified engine operating conditions which are not subject to such a provision, the emissions sampled during a time duration as small as 30 s shall not exceed by more than 100 % the limit values of the above tables. The control area to which the percentage not to be exceeded shall apply and the excluded engine operating conditions shall be defined in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15.’

| (f) | Section 4.1.2.4. is renumbered to 4.1.2.8. |
| --- | --- |

(f)

Section 4.1.2.4. is renumbered to 4.1.2.8.

2.

| 1. | Section 1 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the following is added to section 1.1.:

  ‘Two test cycles are described that shall be applied according to the provisions of Annex I, Section 1:






  — | the NRSC (non-road steady cycle) which shall be used for stages I, II and IIIA and for constant speed engines as well as for stages IIIB and IV in the case of gaseous pollutants, |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

1.

Section 1 is amended as follows:

(a)

the following is added to section 1.1.:

‘Two test cycles are described that shall be applied according to the provisions of Annex I, Section 1:

—

the NRSC (non-road steady cycle) which shall be used for stages I, II and IIIA and for constant speed engines as well as for stages IIIB and IV in the case of gaseous pollutants,

| — | the NRTC (non-road transient cycle) which shall be used for the measurement of particulate emissions for stages IIIB and IV and for all engines but constant speed engines. By the choice of the manufacturer this test can be used also for stage IIIA and for the gaseous pollutants in stages IIIB and IV, |
| --- | --- |

—

the NRTC (non-road transient cycle) which shall be used for the measurement of particulate emissions for stages IIIB and IV and for all engines but constant speed engines. By the choice of the manufacturer this test can be used also for stage IIIA and for the gaseous pollutants in stages IIIB and IV,

| — | for engines intended to be used in inland waterway vessels the ISO test procedure as specified by ISO 8178-4:2002 [E] and IMO MARPOL 73/78, Annex VI (NOx Code) shall be used, |
| --- | --- |

—

for engines intended to be used in inland waterway vessels the ISO test procedure as specified by ISO 8178-4:2002 [E] and IMO MARPOL 73/78, Annex VI (NOx Code) shall be used,

| — | for engines intended for propulsion of railcars an NRSC shall be used for the measurement of gaseous and particulate pollutants for stage III A and for stage III B, |
| --- | --- |

—

for engines intended for propulsion of railcars an NRSC shall be used for the measurement of gaseous and particulate pollutants for stage III A and for stage III B,

| — | for engines intended for propulsion of locomotives an NRSC shall be used for the measurement of gaseous and particulate pollutants for stage III A and for stage III B.’; |
| --- | --- |

—

for engines intended for propulsion of locomotives an NRSC shall be used for the measurement of gaseous and particulate pollutants for stage III A and for stage III B.’;

| (b) | the following section is added:






  ‘1.3. | Measurement principle:
  The engine exhaust emissions to be measured include the gaseous components (carbon monoxide, total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen), and the particulates. Additionally, carbon dioxide is often used as a tracer gas for determining the dilution ratio of partial and full flow dilution systems. Good engineering practice recommends the general measurement of carbon dioxide as an excellent tool for the detection of measurement problems during the test run. |
| --- | --- | --- |

(b)

the following section is added:

‘1.3.

The engine exhaust emissions to be measured include the gaseous components (carbon monoxide, total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen), and the particulates. Additionally, carbon dioxide is often used as a tracer gas for determining the dilution ratio of partial and full flow dilution systems. Good engineering practice recommends the general measurement of carbon dioxide as an excellent tool for the detection of measurement problems during the test run.

| 1.3.1. | NRSC test:
  During a prescribed sequence of operating conditions, with the engines warmed up, the amounts of the above exhaust emissions shall be examined continuously by taking a sample from the raw exhaust gas. The test cycle consists of a number of speed and torque (load) modes, which cover the typical operating range of diesel engines. During each mode, the concentration of each gaseous pollutant, exhaust flow and power output shall be determined, and the measured values weighted. The particulate sample shall be diluted with conditioned ambient air. One sample over the complete test procedure shall be taken and collected on suitable filters.
  Alternatively, a sample shall be taken on separate filters, one for each mode, and cycle-weighted results computed.
  The grams of each pollutant emitted per kilowatt-hour shall be calculated as described in Appendix 3 to this Annex. |
| --- | --- |

1.3.1.

During a prescribed sequence of operating conditions, with the engines warmed up, the amounts of the above exhaust emissions shall be examined continuously by taking a sample from the raw exhaust gas. The test cycle consists of a number of speed and torque (load) modes, which cover the typical operating range of diesel engines. During each mode, the concentration of each gaseous pollutant, exhaust flow and power output shall be determined, and the measured values weighted. The particulate sample shall be diluted with conditioned ambient air. One sample over the complete test procedure shall be taken and collected on suitable filters.

Alternatively, a sample shall be taken on separate filters, one for each mode, and cycle-weighted results computed.

The grams of each pollutant emitted per kilowatt-hour shall be calculated as described in Appendix 3 to this Annex.

| 1.3.2. | NRTC test:
  The prescribed transient test cycle, based closely on the operating conditions of diesel engines installed in non-road machinery, is run twice:






  — | The first time (cold start) after the engine has soaked to room temperature and the engine coolant and oil temperatures, after treatment systems and all auxiliary engine control devices are stabilised between 20 and 30 °C. |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.3.2.

The prescribed transient test cycle, based closely on the operating conditions of diesel engines installed in non-road machinery, is run twice:

—

The first time (cold start) after the engine has soaked to room temperature and the engine coolant and oil temperatures, after treatment systems and all auxiliary engine control devices are stabilised between 20 and 30 °C.

| — | The second time (hot start) after a twenty-minute hot soak that commences immediately after the completion of the cold start cycle. |
| --- | --- |

—

The second time (hot start) after a twenty-minute hot soak that commences immediately after the completion of the cold start cycle.

During this test sequence the above pollutants shall be examined. Using the engine torque and speed feedback signals of the engine dynamometer, the power shall be integrated with respect to the time of the cycle, resulting in the work produced by the engine over the cycle. The concentrations of the gaseous components shall be determined over the cycle, either in the raw exhaust gas by integration of the analyser signal in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex, or in the diluted exhaust gas of a CVS full-flow dilution system by integration or by bag sampling in accordance with Appendix 3 to this Annex. For particulates, a proportional sample shall be collected from the diluted exhaust gas on a specified filter by either partial flow dilution or full-flow dilution. Depending on the method used, the diluted or undiluted exhaust gas flow rate shall be determined over the cycle to calculate the mass emission values of the pollutants. The mass emission values shall be related to the engine work to give the grams of each pollutant emitted per kilowatt-hour.

Emissions (g/kWh) shall be measured during both the cold and hot start cycles. Composite weighted emissions shall be computed by weighting the cold start results 10 % and the hot start results 90 %. Weighted composite results shall meet the standards.

Prior to the introduction of the cold/hot composite test sequence, the symbols (Annex I, section 2.18) the test sequence (Annex III) and calculation equations (Annex III, Appendix III) shall be modified in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 15.’

| 2. | Section 2 is amended as follows:






  (a) | Section 2.2.3. is replaced by the following:






  ‘2.2.3. | Engines with charge air cooling
  The charge air temperature shall be recorded and, at the declared rated speed and full load, shall be within ± 5 K of the maximum charge air temperature specified by the manufacturer. The temperature of the cooling medium shall be at least 293 K (20 °C).
  If a test shop system or external blower is used, the charge air temperature shall be set to within ± 5 K of the maximum charge air temperature specified by the manufacturer at the speed of the declared maximum power and full load. Coolant temperature and coolant flow rate of the charge air cooler at the above set point shall not be changed for the whole test cycle. The charge air cooler volume shall be based upon good engineering practice and typical vehicle/machinery applications.
  Optionally, the setting of the charge air cooler may be done in accordance with SAE J 1937 as published in January 1995.’; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

2.

Section 2 is amended as follows:

(a)

Section 2.2.3. is replaced by the following:

‘2.2.3.

The charge air temperature shall be recorded and, at the declared rated speed and full load, shall be within ± 5 K of the maximum charge air temperature specified by the manufacturer. The temperature of the cooling medium shall be at least 293 K (20 °C).

If a test shop system or external blower is used, the charge air temperature shall be set to within ± 5 K of the maximum charge air temperature specified by the manufacturer at the speed of the declared maximum power and full load. Coolant temperature and coolant flow rate of the charge air cooler at the above set point shall not be changed for the whole test cycle. The charge air cooler volume shall be based upon good engineering practice and typical vehicle/machinery applications.

Optionally, the setting of the charge air cooler may be done in accordance with SAE J 1937 as published in January 1995.’;

| (b) | the text in section 2.3. is replaced by the following:

  ‘The test engine shall be equipped with an air inlet system presenting an air inlet restriction within ± 300 Pa of the value specified by the manufacturer for a clean air cleaner at the engine operating conditions as specified by the manufacturer, which result in maximum air flow. The restrictions are to be set at rated speed and full load. A test shop system may be used, provided it duplicates actual engine operating conditions.’ |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the text in section 2.3. is replaced by the following:

‘The test engine shall be equipped with an air inlet system presenting an air inlet restriction within ± 300 Pa of the value specified by the manufacturer for a clean air cleaner at the engine operating conditions as specified by the manufacturer, which result in maximum air flow. The restrictions are to be set at rated speed and full load. A test shop system may be used, provided it duplicates actual engine operating conditions.’

| (c) | the text in section 2.4. Engine exhaust system is replaced by the following:

  ‘The test engine shall be equipped with an exhaust system with exhaust back pressure within ± 650 Pa of the value specified by the manufacturer at the engine operating conditions resulting in maximum declared power.
  If the engine is equipped with an exhaust after-treatment device, the exhaust pipe shall have the same diameter as found in-use for at least four pipe diameters upstream to the inlet of the beginning of the expansion section containing the after-treatment device. The distance from the exhaust manifold flange or turbocharger outlet to the exhaust after-treatment device shall be the same as in the machine configuration or within the distance specifications of the manufacturer. The exhaust backpressure or restriction shall follow the same criteria as above, and may be set with a valve. The after-treatment container may be removed during dummy tests and during engine mapping, and replaced with an equivalent container having an inactive catalyst support.’; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the text in section 2.4. Engine exhaust system is replaced by the following:

‘The test engine shall be equipped with an exhaust system with exhaust back pressure within ± 650 Pa of the value specified by the manufacturer at the engine operating conditions resulting in maximum declared power.

If the engine is equipped with an exhaust after-treatment device, the exhaust pipe shall have the same diameter as found in-use for at least four pipe diameters upstream to the inlet of the beginning of the expansion section containing the after-treatment device. The distance from the exhaust manifold flange or turbocharger outlet to the exhaust after-treatment device shall be the same as in the machine configuration or within the distance specifications of the manufacturer. The exhaust backpressure or restriction shall follow the same criteria as above, and may be set with a valve. The after-treatment container may be removed during dummy tests and during engine mapping, and replaced with an equivalent container having an inactive catalyst support.’;

| (d) | Section 2.8. is deleted. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

Section 2.8. is deleted.

| 3. | Section 3 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the title of section 3 is replaced by:
  ‘3.   TEST RUN (NRSC TEST)’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.

Section 3 is amended as follows:

(a)

the title of section 3 is replaced by:

‘3.   TEST RUN (NRSC TEST)’

| (b) | the following section is inserted:






  ‘3.1. | Determination of dynamometer settings
  The basis of specific emissions measurement is uncorrected brake power according to ISO 14396: 2002.
  Certain auxiliaries, which are necessary only for the operation of the machine and may be mounted on the engine, should be removed for the test. The following incomplete list is given as an example:






  — | air compressor for brakes |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

(b)

the following section is inserted:

‘3.1.

The basis of specific emissions measurement is uncorrected brake power according to ISO 14396: 2002.

Certain auxiliaries, which are necessary only for the operation of the machine and may be mounted on the engine, should be removed for the test. The following incomplete list is given as an example:

—

air compressor for brakes

| — | power steering compressor |
| --- | --- |

—

power steering compressor

| — | air conditioning compressor |
| --- | --- |

—

air conditioning compressor

| — | pumps for hydraulic actuators. |
| --- | --- |

—

pumps for hydraulic actuators.

Where auxiliaries have not been removed, the power absorbed by them at the test speeds shall be determined in order to calculate the dynamometer settings, except for engines where such auxiliaries form an integral part of the engine (e.g. cooling fans for air cool engines).

The settings of inlet restriction and exhaust pipe backpressure shall be adjusted to the manufacturer's upper limits, in accordance with sections 2.3. and 2.4.

The maximum torque values at the specified test speeds shall be determined by experimentation in order to calculate the torque values for the specified test modes. For engines which are not designed to operate over a range on a full load torque curve, the maximum torque at the test speeds shall be declared by the manufacturer.

The engine setting for each test mode shall be calculated using the formula:

Image 1

If the ratio,

Image 2

the value of PAE may be verified by the technical authority granting type approval.’;

| (c) | current sections 3.1 to 3.3 are renumbered 3.2 to 3.4; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

current sections 3.1 to 3.3 are renumbered 3.2 to 3.4;

| (d) | current section 3.4. is renumbered 3.5. and replaced by the following:






  ‘3.5. | Adjustment of the dilution ratio
  The particulate sampling system shall be started and running on bypass for the single filter method (optional for the multiple filter method). The particulate background level of the dilution air may be determined by passing dilution air through the particulate filters. If filtered dilution air is used, one measurement may be done at any time prior to, during, or after the test. If the dilution air is not filtered, the measurement must be done on one sample taken for the duration of the test.
  The dilution air shall be set to obtain a filter face temperature between 315 K (42 °C) and 325 K (52 °C) at each mode. The total dilution ratio shall not be less than four.

  NOTE: For steady-state procedure, the filter temperature may be kept at or below the maximum temperature of 325 K (52 °C) instead of respecting the temperature range of 42 °C to 52 °C.
  For the single and multiple filter methods, the sample mass flow rate through the filter shall be maintained at a constant proportion of the dilute exhaust mass flow rate for full flow systems for all modes. This mass ratio shall be within ± 5 % with respect to the averaged value of the mode, except for the first 10 seconds of each mode for systems without bypass capability. For partial flow dilution systems with single filter method, the mass flow rate through the filter shall be constant within ± 5 % with respect to the averaged value of the mode, except for the first 10 seconds of each mode for systems without bypass capability.
  For CO2 or NOx concentration controlled systems, the CO2 or NOx content of the dilution air must be measured at the beginning and at the end of each test. The pre and post test background CO2 or NOx concentration measurements of the dilution air must be within 100 ppm or 5 ppm of each other, respectively.
  When using a dilute exhaust gas analysis system, the relevant background concentrations shall be determined by sampling dilution air into a sampling bag over the complete test sequence.
  Continuous (non-bag) background concentration may be taken at the minimum of three points, at the beginning, at the end, and a point near the middle of the cycle and averaged. At the manufacturer's request background measurements may be omitted.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(d)

current section 3.4. is renumbered 3.5. and replaced by the following:

‘3.5.

The particulate sampling system shall be started and running on bypass for the single filter method (optional for the multiple filter method). The particulate background level of the dilution air may be determined by passing dilution air through the particulate filters. If filtered dilution air is used, one measurement may be done at any time prior to, during, or after the test. If the dilution air is not filtered, the measurement must be done on one sample taken for the duration of the test.

The dilution air shall be set to obtain a filter face temperature between 315 K (42 °C) and 325 K (52 °C) at each mode. The total dilution ratio shall not be less than four.

NOTE: For steady-state procedure, the filter temperature may be kept at or below the maximum temperature of 325 K (52 °C) instead of respecting the temperature range of 42 °C to 52 °C.

For the single and multiple filter methods, the sample mass flow rate through the filter shall be maintained at a constant proportion of the dilute exhaust mass flow rate for full flow systems for all modes. This mass ratio shall be within ± 5 % with respect to the averaged value of the mode, except for the first 10 seconds of each mode for systems without bypass capability. For partial flow dilution systems with single filter method, the mass flow rate through the filter shall be constant within ± 5 % with respect to the averaged value of the mode, except for the first 10 seconds of each mode for systems without bypass capability.

For CO2 or NOx concentration controlled systems, the CO2 or NOx content of the dilution air must be measured at the beginning and at the end of each test. The pre and post test background CO2 or NOx concentration measurements of the dilution air must be within 100 ppm or 5 ppm of each other, respectively.

When using a dilute exhaust gas analysis system, the relevant background concentrations shall be determined by sampling dilution air into a sampling bag over the complete test sequence.

Continuous (non-bag) background concentration may be taken at the minimum of three points, at the beginning, at the end, and a point near the middle of the cycle and averaged. At the manufacturer's request background measurements may be omitted.’;

| (e) | current sections 3.5 to 3.6 are renumbered 3.6 to 3.7; |
| --- | --- |

(e)

current sections 3.5 to 3.6 are renumbered 3.6 to 3.7;

| (f) | current section 3.6.1. is replaced by the following:
  ‘3.7.1.   Equipment specification according to Section 1A of Annex I:
  3.7.1.1.   Specification A.
  For engines covered by Section 1A(i) and A(iv) of Annex I, the following 8-mode cycle (4) shall be followed in dynamometer operation on the test engine:








  Mode No | Engine speed | Load | Weighting factor |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Rated | 100 | 0,15 |
| 2 | Rated | 75 | 0,15 |
| 3 | Rated | 50 | 0,15 |
| 4 | Rated | 10 | 0,10 |
| 5 | Intermediate | 100 | 0,10 |
| 6 | Intermediate | 75 | 0,10 |
| 7 | Intermediate | 50 | 0,10 |
| 8 | Idle | —- | 0,15 |

(f)

current section 3.6.1. is replaced by the following:

‘3.7.1.   Equipment specification according to Section 1A of Annex I:

3.7.1.1.   Specification A.

For engines covered by Section 1A(i) and A(iv) of Annex I, the following 8-mode cycle (4) shall be followed in dynamometer operation on the test engine:

Mode No

Engine speed

Load

Weighting factor

1

Rated

100

0,15

2

Rated

75

0,15

3

Rated

50

0,15

4

Rated

10

0,10

5

Intermediate

100

0,10

6

Intermediate

75

0,10

7

Intermediate

50

0,10

8

Idle

—-

0,15

3.7.1.2.   Specification B.

For engines covered by Section 1A(ii) of Annex I, the following 5-mode cycle (5) shall be followed in dynamometer operation on the test engine:

| Mode Number | Engine Speed | Load | Weighting Factor |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Rated | 100 | 0,05 |
| 2 | Rated | 75 | 0,25 |
| 3 | Rated | 50 | 0,30 |
| 4 | Rated | 25 | 0,30 |
| 5 | Rated | 10 | 0,10 |

Mode Number

Engine Speed

Load

Weighting Factor

1

Rated

100

0,05

2

Rated

75

0,25

3

Rated

50

0,30

4

Rated

25

0,30

5

Rated

10

0,10

The load figures are percentage values of the torque corresponding to the prime power rating defined as the maximum power available during a variable power sequence, which may be run for an unlimited number of hours per year, between stated maintenance intervals and under the stated ambient conditions, the maintenance being carried out as prescribed by the manufacturer.

3.7.1.3.   Specification C.

For propulsion engines (6) intended to be used in inland waterway vessels the ISO test procedure as specified by ISO 81784:2002(E) and IMO MARPOL 73/78, Annex VI (NOx Code) shall be used.

Propulsion engines that operate on a fixed-pitch propeller curve shall be tested on a dynamometer using the following 4-mode steady-state cycle (7) developed to represent in-use operation of commercial marine diesel engines:

| Mode No | Engine speed | Load | Weighting factor |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | 100 % (Rated) | 100 | 0,20 |
| 2 | 91 % | 75 | 0,50 |
| 3 | 80 % | 50 | 0,15 |
| 4 | 63 % | 25 | 0,15 |

Mode No

Engine speed

Load

Weighting factor

1

100 % (Rated)

100

0,20

2

91 %

75

0,50

3

80 %

50

0,15

4

63 %

25

0,15

Fixed speed inland waterway propulsion engines with variable pitch or electrically coupled propellers shall be tested on a dynamometer using the following 4-mode steady-state cycle (8) characterised by the same load and weighting factors as the above cycle, but with engine operated in each mode at rated speed:

| Mode No | Engine speed | Load | Weighting factor |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | 100 % (Rated) | 100 | 0,20 |
| 2 | 91 % | 75 | 0,50 |
| 3 | 80 % | 50 | 0,15 |
| 4 | 63 % | 25 | 0,15 |

Mode No

Engine speed

Load

Weighting factor

1

100 % (Rated)

100

0,20

2

91 %

75

0,50

3

80 %

50

0,15

4

63 %

25

0,15

3.7.1.4.   Specification D

For engines covered by Section 1A(v) of Annex I, the following 3-mode cycle (9) shall be followed in dynamometer operation on the test engine:

| Mode No | Engine speed | Load | Weighting factor |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Rated | 100 | 0,25 |
| 2 | Intermediate | 50 | 0,15 |
| 3 | Idle | - | 0,60 |

Mode No

Engine speed

Load

Weighting factor

1

Rated

100

0,25

2

Intermediate

50

0,15

3

Idle

-

0,60

”

(4)  Identical with C1 cycle as described in paragraph 8.3.1.1. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard."

(5)  Identical with D2 cycle as described in paragraph 8.4.1. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard."

(6)  Constant-speed auxiliary engines must be certified to the ISO D2 duty cycle, i.e. the 5-mode steady-state cycle specified in Section 3.7.1.2., while variable-speed auxiliary engines must be certified to the ISO C1 duty cycle, i.e. the 8-mode steady-state cycle specified in Section 3.7.1.1."

(7)  Identical with E3 cycle as described in Sections 8.5.1, 8.5.2. and 8.5.3. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard. The four modes lie on an average propeller curve based on in-use measurements."

(8)  Identical with E2 cycle as described in Sections 8.5.1, 8.5.2. and 8.5.3. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard."

(9)  Identical with F cycle of ISO 8178-4: 2002 (E) standard."

| (g) | Current section 3.7.3. is replaced by the following:

  ‘The test sequence shall be started. The test shall be performed in the order of the mode numbers as set out above for the test cycles.
  During each mode of the given test cycle after the initial transition period, the specified speed shall be held to within ± 1 % of rated speed or ± 3 min-1, whichever is greater, except for low idle which shall be within the tolerances declared by the manufacturer. The specified torque shall be held so that the average over the period during which the measurements are being taken is within ± 2 % of the maximum torque at the test speed.
  For each measuring point a minimum time of 10 minutes is necessary. If for the testing of an engine, longer sampling times are required for reasons of obtaining sufficient particulate mass on the measuring filter the test mode period can be extended as necessary.
  The mode length shall be recorded and reported.
  The gaseous exhaust emission concentration values shall be measured and recorded during the last three minutes of the mode.
  The particulate sampling and the gaseous emission measurement should not commence before engine stabilisation, as defined by the manufacturer, has been achieved and their completion must be coincident.
  The fuel temperature shall be measured at the inlet to the fuel injection pump or as specified by the manufacturer, and the location of measurement recorded.’; |
| --- | --- |

(g)

Current section 3.7.3. is replaced by the following:

‘The test sequence shall be started. The test shall be performed in the order of the mode numbers as set out above for the test cycles.

During each mode of the given test cycle after the initial transition period, the specified speed shall be held to within ± 1 % of rated speed or ± 3 min-1, whichever is greater, except for low idle which shall be within the tolerances declared by the manufacturer. The specified torque shall be held so that the average over the period during which the measurements are being taken is within ± 2 % of the maximum torque at the test speed.

For each measuring point a minimum time of 10 minutes is necessary. If for the testing of an engine, longer sampling times are required for reasons of obtaining sufficient particulate mass on the measuring filter the test mode period can be extended as necessary.

The mode length shall be recorded and reported.

The gaseous exhaust emission concentration values shall be measured and recorded during the last three minutes of the mode.

The particulate sampling and the gaseous emission measurement should not commence before engine stabilisation, as defined by the manufacturer, has been achieved and their completion must be coincident.

The fuel temperature shall be measured at the inlet to the fuel injection pump or as specified by the manufacturer, and the location of measurement recorded.’;

| (h) | the current section 3.7 is renumbered 3.8. |
| --- | --- |

(h)

the current section 3.7 is renumbered 3.8.

| 4. | The following section is inserted:
  ‘4.   TEST RUN (NRTC TEST)
  4.1.   Introduction
  The non-road transient cycle (NRTC) is listed in Annex III, Appendix 4 as a second-by-second sequence of normalised speed and torque values applicable to all diesel engines covered by this Directive. In order to perform the test on an engine test cell, the normalised values shall be converted to the actual values for the individual engine under test, based on the engine mapping curve. This conversion is referred to as denormalisation, and the test cycle developed is referred to as the reference cycle of the engine to be tested. With these reference speed and torque values, the cycle shall be run on the test cell, and the feedback speed and torque values recorded. In order to validate the test run, a regression analysis between reference and feedback speed and torque values shall be conducted upon completion of the test.








  4.1.1. | The use of defeat devices or irrational control or irrational emission control strategies shall be prohibited |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.

The following section is inserted:

‘4.   TEST RUN (NRTC TEST)

4.1.   Introduction

The non-road transient cycle (NRTC) is listed in Annex III, Appendix 4 as a second-by-second sequence of normalised speed and torque values applicable to all diesel engines covered by this Directive. In order to perform the test on an engine test cell, the normalised values shall be converted to the actual values for the individual engine under test, based on the engine mapping curve. This conversion is referred to as denormalisation, and the test cycle developed is referred to as the reference cycle of the engine to be tested. With these reference speed and torque values, the cycle shall be run on the test cell, and the feedback speed and torque values recorded. In order to validate the test run, a regression analysis between reference and feedback speed and torque values shall be conducted upon completion of the test.

4.1.1.

4.2.   Engine mapping procedure

When generating the NRTC on the test cell, the engine shall be mapped before running the test cycle to determine the speed vs torque curve.

4.2.1.   Determination of the mapping speed range

The minimum and maximum mapping speeds are defined as follows:

| Minimum mapping speed | = | idle speed |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Maximum mapping speed | = | nhi x 1,02 or speed where full load torque drops off to zero, whichever is lower (where nhi is the high speed, defined as the highest engine speed where 70 % of the rated power is delivered). |

Minimum mapping speed

=

idle speed

Maximum mapping speed

=

nhi x 1,02 or speed where full load torque drops off to zero, whichever is lower (where nhi is the high speed, defined as the highest engine speed where 70 % of the rated power is delivered).

4.2.2.   Engine mapping curve

The engine shall be warmed up at maximum power in order to stabilise the engine parameters according to the recommendation of the manufacturer and good engineering practice. When the engine is stabilised, the engine mapping shall be performed according to the following procedures.

4.2.2.1.   Transient map

| (a) | The engine shall be unloaded and operated at idle speed. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The engine shall be unloaded and operated at idle speed.

| (b) | The engine shall be operated at full load setting of the injection pump at minimum mapping speed. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The engine shall be operated at full load setting of the injection pump at minimum mapping speed.

| (c) | The engine speed shall be increased at an average rate of 8 ± 1 min-1/s from minimum to maximum mapping speed. Engine speed and torque points shall be recorded at a sample rate of at least one point per second. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

The engine speed shall be increased at an average rate of 8 ± 1 min-1/s from minimum to maximum mapping speed. Engine speed and torque points shall be recorded at a sample rate of at least one point per second.

4.2.2.2.   Step map

| (a) | The engine shall be unloaded and operated at idle speed. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The engine shall be unloaded and operated at idle speed.

| (b) | The engine shall be operated at full load setting of the injection pump at minimum mapping speed. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The engine shall be operated at full load setting of the injection pump at minimum mapping speed.

| (c) | While maintaining full load, the minimum mapping speed shall be maintained for at least 15 s, and the average torque during the last 5 s shall be recorded. The maximum torque curve from minimum to maximum mapping speed shall be determined in no greater than 100 ± 20/min speed increments. Each test point shall be held for at least 15 s, and the average torque during the last 5 s shall be recorded. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

While maintaining full load, the minimum mapping speed shall be maintained for at least 15 s, and the average torque during the last 5 s shall be recorded. The maximum torque curve from minimum to maximum mapping speed shall be determined in no greater than 100 ± 20/min speed increments. Each test point shall be held for at least 15 s, and the average torque during the last 5 s shall be recorded.

4.2.3.   Mapping curve generation

All data points recorded under section 4.2.2. shall be connected using linear interpolation between points. The resulting torque curve is the mapping curve and shall be used to convert the normalised torque values of the engine dynamometer schedule of Annex IV into actual torque values for the test cycle, as described in section 4.3.3.

4.2.4.   Alternate mapping

If a manufacturer believes that the above mapping techniques are unsafe or unrepresentative for any given engine, alternate mapping techniques may be used. These alternate techniques must satisfy the intent of the specified mapping procedures to determine the maximum available torque at all engine speeds achieved during the test cycles. Deviations from the mapping techniques specified in this section for reasons of safety or representativeness shall be approved by the parties involved along with the justification for their use. In no case, however, shall the torque curve be run by descending engine speeds for governed or turbocharged engines.

4.2.5.   Replicate tests

An engine need not be mapped before each and every test cycle. An engine must be remapped prior to a test cycle if:

| — | an unreasonable amount of time has transpired since the last map, as determined by engineering judgement, or, |
| --- | --- |

—

an unreasonable amount of time has transpired since the last map, as determined by engineering judgement, or,

| — | physical changes or recalibrations have been made to the engine, which may potentially affect engine performance. |
| --- | --- |

—

physical changes or recalibrations have been made to the engine, which may potentially affect engine performance.

4.3.   Generation of the reference test cycle

4.3.1.   Reference speed

The reference speed (nref) corresponds to the 100 % normalised speed values specified in the engine dynamometer schedule of Annex III, Appendix 4. It is obvious that the actual engine cycle resulting from denormalisation to the reference speed largely depends on selection of the proper reference speed. The reference speed shall be determined by the following definition:

nref = low speed + 0,95 x (high speed — low speed)

(the high speed is the highest engine speed where 70 % of the rated power is delivered, while the low speed is the lowest engine speed where 50 % of the rated power is delivered).

4.3.2.   Denormalisation of engine speed

The speed shall be denormalised using the following equation:

Image 3

4.3.3.   Denormalisation of engine torque

The torque values in the engine dynamometer schedule of Annex III, Appendix 4 are normalised to the maximum torque at the respective speed. The torque values of the reference cycle shall be denormalised, using the mapping curve determined according to Section 4.2.2, as follows:

Image 4

for the respective actual speed as determined in Section 4.3.2.

4.3.4.   Example of denormalisation procedure

As an example, the following test point shall be denormalised:

% speed = 43 %

% torque = 82 %

Given the following values:

reference speed = 2 200/min

idle speed = 600/min

results in

Image 5

With the maximum torque of 700 Nm observed from the mapping curve at 1 288/min

Image 6

4.4.   Dynamometer

| 4.4.1. | When using a load cell, the torque signal shall be transferred to the engine axis and the inertia of the dyno shall be considered. The actual engine torque is the torque read on the load cell plus the moment of inertia of the brake multiplied by the angular acceleration. The control system has to perform this calculation in real time. |
| --- | --- |

4.4.1.

| 4.4.2. | If the engine is tested with an eddy-current dynamometer, it is recommended that the number of points, where the difference

  is smaller than - 5 % of the peak torque, does not exceed 30 (where Tsp is the demanded torque,

  is the derivative of the engine speed

  is the rotational inertia of the eddy-current dynamometer). |
| --- | --- |

4.4.2.

4.5.   Emissions test run

The following flow chart outlines the test sequence.

One or more practice cycles may be run as necessary to check engine, test cell and emissions systems before the measurement cycle.

4.5.1.   Preparation of the sampling filters

At least one hour before the test, each filter shall be placed in a petri dish, which is protected against dust contamination and allows air exchange, and placed in a weighing chamber for stabilisation. At the end of the stabilisation period, each filter shall be weighed and the weight shall be recorded. The filter shall then be stored in a closed petri dish or sealed filter holder until needed for testing. The filter shall be used within eight hours of its removal from the weighing chamber. The tare weight shall be recorded.

4.5.2.   Installation of the measuring equipment

The instrumentation and sample probes shall be installed as required. The tailpipe shall be connected to the full-flow dilution system, if used.

4.5.3.   Starting and preconditioning the dilution system and the engine

The dilution system and the engine shall be started and warmed up. The sampling system preconditioning shall be conducted by operating the engine at a condition of rated-speed, 100 percent torque for a minimum of 20 minutes while simultaneously operating either the Partial flow Sampling System or the Full flow CVS with secondary dilution system. Dummy particulate matter emissions samples are then collected. Particulate sample filters need not be stabilised or weighed, and may be discarded. Filter media may be changed during conditioning as long as the total sampled time through the filters and sampling system exceeds 20 minutes. Flow rates shall be set at the approximate flow rates selected for transient testing. Torque shall be reduced from 100 percent torque while maintaining the rated speed condition as necessary so as not to exceed the 191 °C maximum sample zone temperature specifications.

4.5.4.   Starting the particulate sampling system

The particulate sampling system shall be started and run on by-pass. The particulate background level of the dilution air may be determined by sampling the dilution air prior to entrance of the exhaust into the dilution tunnel. It is preferred that background particulate sample be collected during the transient cycle if another PM sampling system is available. Otherwise, the PM sampling system used to collect transient cycle PM can be used. If filtered dilution air is used, one measurement may be done prior to or after the test. If the dilution air is not filtered, measurements should be carried out prior to the beginning and after the end of the cycle and the values averaged.

4.5.5.   Adjustment of the dilution system

The total diluted exhaust gas flow of a full-flow dilution system or the diluted exhaust gas flow through a partial flow dilution system shall be set to eliminate water condensation in the system, and to obtain a filter face temperature between 315 K (42 °C) and 325 K (52 °C).

4.5.6.   Checking the analysers

The emission analysers shall be set at zero and spanned. If sample bags are used, they shall be evacuated.

4.5.7.   Engine starting procedure

The stabilised engine shall be started within 5 min after completion of warm-up according to the starting procedure recommended by the manufacturer in the owner's manual, using either a production starter motor or the dynamometer. Optionally, the test may start within 5 min of the engine preconditioning phase without shutting the engine off, when the engine has been brought to an idle condition.

4.5.8.   Cycle run

4.5.8.1.   Test sequence

The test sequence shall commence when the engine is started from shut down after the preconditioning phase or from idle conditions when starting directly from the preconditioning phase with the engine running. The test shall be performed according to the reference cycle as set out in Annex III, Appendix 4. Engine speed and torque command set points shall be issued at 5 Hz (10 Hz recommended) or greater. The set points shall be calculated by linear interpolation between the 1 Hz set points of the reference cycle. Feedback engine speed and torque shall be recorded at least once every second during the test cycle, and the signals may be electronically filtered.

4.5.8.2.   Analyser response

At the start of the engine or test sequence, if the cycle is started directly from preconditioning, the measuring equipment shall be started, simultaneously:

| — | start collecting or analysing dilution air, if a full-flow dilution system is used, |
| --- | --- |

—

start collecting or analysing dilution air, if a full-flow dilution system is used,

| — | start collecting or analysing raw or diluted exhaust gas, depending on the method used, |
| --- | --- |

—

start collecting or analysing raw or diluted exhaust gas, depending on the method used,

| — | start measuring the amount of diluted exhaust gas and the required temperatures and pressures, |
| --- | --- |

—

start measuring the amount of diluted exhaust gas and the required temperatures and pressures,

| — | start recording the exhaust gas mass flow rate, if raw exhaust gas analysis is used, |
| --- | --- |

—

start recording the exhaust gas mass flow rate, if raw exhaust gas analysis is used,

| — | recording the feedback data of speed and torque of the dynamometer. |
| --- | --- |

—

recording the feedback data of speed and torque of the dynamometer.

If raw exhaust measurement is used, the emission concentrations (HC, CO and NOx) and the exhaust gas mass flow rate shall be measured continuously and stored with at least 2 Hz on a computer system. All other data may be recorded with a sample rate of at least 1 Hz. For analogue analysers the response shall be recorded, and the calibration data may be applied online or offline during the data evaluation.

If a full flow dilution system is used, HC and NOx shall be measured continuously in the dilution tunnel with a frequency of at least 2 Hz. The average concentrations shall be determined by integrating the analyser signals over the test cycle. The system response time shall be no greater than 20 s, and shall be coordinated with CVS flow fluctuations and sampling time/test cycle offsets, if necessary. CO and CO2 shall be determined by integration or by analysing the concentrations in the sample bag collected over the cycle. The concentrations of the gaseous pollutants in the dilution air shall be determined by integration or by collection in the background bag. All other parameters that need to be measured shall be recorded with a minimum of one measurement per second (1 Hz).

4.5.8.3.   Particulate sampling

At the start of the engine or test sequence, if the cycle is started directly from preconditioning, the particulate sampling system shall be switched from by-pass to collecting particulates.

If a partial flow dilution system is used, the sample pump(s) shall be adjusted so that the flow rate through the particulate sample probe or transfer tube is maintained proportional to the exhaust mass flow rate.

If a full flow dilution system is used, the sample pump(s) shall be adjusted so that the flow rate through the particulate sample probe or transfer tube is maintained at a value within ± 5 % of the set flow rate. If flow compensation (i.e., proportional control of sample flow) is used, it must be demonstrated that the ratio of main tunnel flow to particulate sample flow does not change by more than ± 5 % of its set value (except for the first 10 seconds of sampling).

NOTE: For double dilution operation, sample flow is the net difference between the flow rate through the sample filters and the secondary dilution airflow rate.

The average temperature and pressure at the gas meter(s) or flow instrumentation inlet shall be recorded. If the set flow rate cannot be maintained over the complete cycle (within ± 5 %) because of high particulate loading on the filter, the test shall be voided. The test shall be rerun using a lower flow rate and/or a larger diameter filter.

4.5.8.4.   Engine stalling

If the engine stalls anywhere during the test cycle, the engine shall be preconditioned and restarted, and the test repeated. If a malfunction occurs in any of the required test equipment during the test cycle, the test shall be voided.

4.5.8.5.   Operations after test

At the completion of the test, the measurement of the exhaust gas mass flow rate, the diluted exhaust gas volume, the gas flow into the collecting bags and the particulate sample pump shall be stopped. For an integrating analyser system, sampling shall continue until system response times have elapsed.

The concentrations of the collecting bags, if used, shall be analysed as soon as possible and in any case not later than 20 minutes after the end of the test cycle.

After the emission test, a zero gas and the same span gas shall be used for re-checking the analysers. The test will be considered acceptable if the difference between the pre-test and post-test results is less than 2 % of the span gas value.

The particulate filters shall be returned to the weighing chamber no later than one hour after completion of the test. They shall be conditioned in a petri dish, which is protected against dust contamination and allows air exchange, for at least one hour, and then weighed. The gross weight of the filters shall be recorded.

4.6.   Verification of the test run

4.6.1.   Data shift

To minimise the biasing effect of the time lag between the feedback and reference cycle values, the entire engine speed and torque feedback signal sequence may be advanced or delayed in time with respect to the reference speed and torque sequence. If the feedback signals are shifted, both speed and torque must be shifted by the same amount in the same direction.

4.6.2.   Calculation of the cycle work

The actual cycle work Wact (kWh) shall be calculated using each pair of engine feedback speed and torque values recorded. The actual cycle work Wact is used for comparison to the reference cycle work Wref and for calculating the brake specific emissions. The same methodology shall be used for integrating both reference and actual engine power. If values are to be determined between adjacent reference or adjacent measured values, linear interpolation shall be used.

In integrating the reference and actual cycle work, all negative torque values shall be set equal to zero and included. If integration is performed at a frequency of less than 5 Hertz, and if, during a given time segment, the torque value changes from positive to negative or negative to positive, the negative portion shall be computed and set equal to zero. The positive portion shall be included in the integrated value.

Wact shall be between - 15 % and + 5 % of Wref.

4.6.3.   Validation statistics of the test cycle

Linear regressions of the feedback values on the reference values shall be performed for speed, torque and power. This shall be done after any feedback data shift has occurred, if this option is selected. The method of least squares shall be used, with the best fit equation having the form:

y = mx + b

where:

| y | = | feedback (actual) value of speed (min-1), torque (N·m), or power (kW) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| m | = | slope of the regression line |
| x | = | reference value of speed (min-1), torque (N·m), or power (kW) |
| b | = | y intercept of the regression line |

y

=

feedback (actual) value of speed (min-1), torque (N·m), or power (kW)

m

=

slope of the regression line

x

=

reference value of speed (min-1), torque (N·m), or power (kW)

b

=

y intercept of the regression line

The standard error of estimate (SE) of y on x and the coefficient of determination (r2 shall be calculated for each regression line.

It is recommended that this analysis be performed at 1 Hertz. For a test to be considered valid, the criteria of Table 1 must be met.

Table 1 —   Regression line tolerances

| | Speed | Torque | Power |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Standard error of estimate (SE) of Y on X | max 100 min-1 | max 13 % of power map maximum engine torque | max 8 % of power map maximum engine power |
| Slope of the regression line, m | 0,95 to 1,03 | 0,83 — 1,03 | 0,89 — 1,03 |
| Coefficient of determination, r2 | min 0,9700 | min 0,8800 | min 0,9100 |
| Y intercept of the regression line, b | ± 50 min-1 | ± 20 N·m or ± 2 % of max torque, whichever is greater | ± 4 kW or ± 2 % of max power, whichever is greater |

Speed

Torque

Power

Standard error of estimate (SE) of Y on X

max 100 min-1

max 13 % of power map maximum engine torque

max 8 % of power map maximum engine power

Slope of the regression line, m

0,95 to 1,03

0,83 — 1,03

0,89 — 1,03

Coefficient of determination, r2

min 0,9700

min 0,8800

min 0,9100

Y intercept of the regression line, b

± 50 min-1

± 20 N·m or ± 2 % of max torque, whichever is greater

± 4 kW or ± 2 % of max power, whichever is greater

For regression purposes only, point deletions are permitted where noted in Table 2 before doing the regression calculation. However, those points must not be deleted for the calculation of cycle work and emissions. An idle point is defined as a point having a normalised reference torque of 0 % and a normalised reference speed of 0 %. Point deletion may be applied to the whole or to any part of the cycle.

Table 2 —   Permitted point deletions from regression analysis (points to which the point deletion is applied have to be specified)

| Condition | Speed and/or torque and/or power points which may be deleted with reference to the conditions listed in the left column |
| --- | --- |
| First 24 (±1) s and last 25 s | Speed, torque and power |
| Wide open throttle, and torque feedback < 95 % torque reference | Torque and/or power |
| Wide open throttle, and speed feedback < 95 % speed reference | Speed and/or power |
| Closed throttle, speed feedback > idle speed + 50 min-1, and torque feedback > 105 % torque reference | Torque and/or power |
| Closed throttle, speed feedback ≤ idle speed + 50 min-1, and torque feedback = Manufacturer defined/measured idle torque ± 2 % of max torque | Speed and/or power |
| Closed throttle and speed feedback > 105 % speed reference | Speed and/or power‘. |

Condition

Speed and/or torque and/or power points which may be deleted with reference to the conditions listed in the left column

First 24 (±1) s and last 25 s

Speed, torque and power

Wide open throttle, and torque feedback < 95 % torque reference

Torque and/or power

Wide open throttle, and speed feedback < 95 % speed reference

Speed and/or power

Closed throttle, speed feedback > idle speed + 50 min-1, and torque feedback > 105 % torque reference

Torque and/or power

Closed throttle, speed feedback ≤ idle speed + 50 min-1, and torque feedback = Manufacturer defined/measured idle torque ± 2 % of max torque

Speed and/or power

Closed throttle and speed feedback > 105 % speed reference

Speed and/or power‘.

| 5. | Appendix 1 is replaced by the following:



  ‘Appendix 1
  MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES
  1.   MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES (NRSC TEST)
  Gaseous and particulate components emitted by the engine submitted for testing shall be measured by the methods described in Annex VI. The methods of Annex VI describe the recommended analytical systems for the gaseous emissions (Section 1.1) and the recommended particulate dilution and sampling systems (Section 1.2).
  1.1.   Dynamometer specification
  An engine dynamometer with adequate characteristics to perform the test cycle described in Annex III, Section 3.7.1. shall be used. The instrumentation for torque and speed measurement shall allow the measurement of the power within the given limits. Additional calculations may be necessary. The accuracy of the measuring equipment must be such that the maximum tolerances of the figures given in point 1.3. are not exceeded.
  1.2.   Exhaust gas flow
  The exhaust gas flow shall be determined by one of the methods mentioned in sections1.2.1. to 1.2.4.
  1.2.1.   Direct measurement method
  Direct measurement of the exhaust flow by flow nozzle or equivalent metering system (for detail see ISO 5167:2000).

  Note: Direct gaseous flow measurement is a difficult task. Precautions must be taken to avoid measurement errors that will impact emission value errors.
  1.2.2.   Air and fuel measurement method
  Measurement of the airflow and the fuel flow.
  Air flow-meters and fuel flow-meters with the accuracy defined in Section 1.3. shall be used.
  The calculation of the exhaust gas flow is as follows:
  GEXHW = GAIRW + GFUEL (for wet exhaust mass)
  1.2.3.   Carbon balance method
  Exhaust mass calculation from fuel consumption and exhaust gas concentrations using the carbon balance method (Annex III, Appendix 3).
  1.2.4.   Tracer measurement method
  This method involves measurement of the concentration of a tracer gas in the exhaust. A known amount of an inert gas (e.g. pure helium) shall be injected into the exhaust gas flow as a tracer. The gas is mixed and diluted by the exhaust gas, but must not react in the exhaust pipe. The concentration of the gas shall then be measured in the exhaust gas sample.
  In order to ensure complete mixing of the tracer gas, the exhaust gas sampling probe shall be located at least 1 m or 30 times the diameter of the exhaust pipe, whichever is larger, downstream of the tracer gas injection point. The sampling probe may be located closer to the injection point if complete mixing is verified by comparing the tracer gas concentration with the reference concentration when the tracer gas is injected upstream of the engine.
  The tracer gas flow rate shall be set so that the tracer gas concentration at engine idle speed after mixing becomes lower than the full scale of the trace gas analyser.
  The calculation of the exhaust gas flow is as follows:





  where








  GEXHW | = | instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| GT | = | tracer gas flow (cm3/min) |
| concmix | = | instantaneous concentration of the tracer gas after mixing, (ppm) |
| ρEXH | = | density of the exhaust gas (kg/m3) |
| conca | = | background concentration of the tracer gas in the intake air (ppm) |

5.

Appendix 1 is replaced by the following:

‘Appendix 1

MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES

1.   MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES (NRSC TEST)

Gaseous and particulate components emitted by the engine submitted for testing shall be measured by the methods described in Annex VI. The methods of Annex VI describe the recommended analytical systems for the gaseous emissions (Section 1.1) and the recommended particulate dilution and sampling systems (Section 1.2).

1.1.   Dynamometer specification

An engine dynamometer with adequate characteristics to perform the test cycle described in Annex III, Section 3.7.1. shall be used. The instrumentation for torque and speed measurement shall allow the measurement of the power within the given limits. Additional calculations may be necessary. The accuracy of the measuring equipment must be such that the maximum tolerances of the figures given in point 1.3. are not exceeded.

1.2.   Exhaust gas flow

The exhaust gas flow shall be determined by one of the methods mentioned in sections1.2.1. to 1.2.4.

1.2.1.   Direct measurement method

Direct measurement of the exhaust flow by flow nozzle or equivalent metering system (for detail see ISO 5167:2000).

Note: Direct gaseous flow measurement is a difficult task. Precautions must be taken to avoid measurement errors that will impact emission value errors.

1.2.2.   Air and fuel measurement method

Measurement of the airflow and the fuel flow.

Air flow-meters and fuel flow-meters with the accuracy defined in Section 1.3. shall be used.

The calculation of the exhaust gas flow is as follows:

GEXHW = GAIRW + GFUEL (for wet exhaust mass)

1.2.3.   Carbon balance method

Exhaust mass calculation from fuel consumption and exhaust gas concentrations using the carbon balance method (Annex III, Appendix 3).

1.2.4.   Tracer measurement method

This method involves measurement of the concentration of a tracer gas in the exhaust. A known amount of an inert gas (e.g. pure helium) shall be injected into the exhaust gas flow as a tracer. The gas is mixed and diluted by the exhaust gas, but must not react in the exhaust pipe. The concentration of the gas shall then be measured in the exhaust gas sample.

In order to ensure complete mixing of the tracer gas, the exhaust gas sampling probe shall be located at least 1 m or 30 times the diameter of the exhaust pipe, whichever is larger, downstream of the tracer gas injection point. The sampling probe may be located closer to the injection point if complete mixing is verified by comparing the tracer gas concentration with the reference concentration when the tracer gas is injected upstream of the engine.

The tracer gas flow rate shall be set so that the tracer gas concentration at engine idle speed after mixing becomes lower than the full scale of the trace gas analyser.

The calculation of the exhaust gas flow is as follows:

Image 11

where

GEXHW

=

instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s)

GT

=

tracer gas flow (cm3/min)

concmix

=

instantaneous concentration of the tracer gas after mixing, (ppm)

ρEXH

=

density of the exhaust gas (kg/m3)

conca

=

background concentration of the tracer gas in the intake air (ppm)

The background concentration of the tracer gas (conc
  a) may be determined by averaging the background concentration measured immediately before and after the test run.

When the background concentration is less than 1 % of the concentration of the tracer gas after mixing (conc
  mix.) at maximum exhaust flow, the background concentration may be neglected.

The total system shall meet the accuracy specifications for the exhaust gas flow and shall be calibrated according to Appendix 2, Section 1.11.2.

1.2.5.   Air flow and air to fuel ratio measurement method

This method involves exhaust mass calculation from the air flow and the air to fuel ratio. The calculation of the instantaneous exhaust gas mass flow is as follows:

Image 12

Image 13

Image 14

where

| A/Fst | = | stoichiometric air/fuel ratio (kg/kg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| λ | = | relative air/fuel ratio |
| concCO2 | = | dry CO2 concentration ( %) |
| concCO | = | dry CO concentration (ppm) |
| concHC | = | HC concentration (ppm) |

A/Fst

=

stoichiometric air/fuel ratio (kg/kg)

λ

=

relative air/fuel ratio

concCO2

=

dry CO2 concentration ( %)

concCO

=

dry CO concentration (ppm)

concHC

=

HC concentration (ppm)

Note: The calculation refers to a diesel fuel with a H/C ratio equal to 1,8.

The air flowmeter shall meet the accuracy specifications in Table 3, the CO2 analyser used shall meet the specifications of clause 1.4.1, and the total system shall meet the accuracy specifications for the exhaust gas flow.

Optionally, air to fuel ratio measurement equipment, such as a zirconia type sensor, may be used for the measurement of the relative air to fuel ratio in accordance with the specifications of clause 1.4.4.

1.2.6.   Total dilute exhaust gas flow

When using a full flow dilution system, the total flow of the dilute exhaust (GTOTW) shall be measured with a PDP or CFV or SSV (Annex VI, Section 1.2.1.2.) The accuracy shall conform to the provisions of Annex III, Appendix 2, Section 2.2.

1.3.   Accuracy

The calibration of all measurement instruments shall be traceable to national or international standards and comply with the requirements listed in Table 3.

Table 3 —   Accuracy of measuring instruments

| No | Measuring instrument | Accuracy |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Engine speed | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger |
| 2 | Torque | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger |
| 3 | Fuel consumption | ± 2 % of engine's max. value |
| 4 | Air consumption | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger |
| 5 | Exhaust gas flow | ± 2,5 % of reading or ± 1,5 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger |
| 6 | Temperatures ≤ 600 K | ± 2 K absolute |
| 7 | Temperatures > 600 K | ± 1 % of reading |
| 8 | Exhaust gas pressure | ± 0,2 kPa absolute |
| 9 | Intake air depression | ± 0,05 kPa absolute |
| 10 | Atmospheric pressure | ± 0,1 kPa absolute |
| 11 | Other pressures | ± 0,1 kPa absolute |
| 12 | Absolute humidity | ± 5 % of reading |
| 13 | Dilution air flow | ± 2 % of reading |
| 14 | Diluted exhaust gas flow | ± 2 % of reading |

No

Measuring instrument

Accuracy

1

Engine speed

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger

2

Torque

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger

3

Fuel consumption

± 2 % of engine's max. value

4

Air consumption

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger

5

Exhaust gas flow

± 2,5 % of reading or ± 1,5 % of engine's max. value whichever is larger

6

Temperatures ≤ 600 K

± 2 K absolute

7

Temperatures > 600 K

± 1 % of reading

8

Exhaust gas pressure

± 0,2 kPa absolute

9

Intake air depression

± 0,05 kPa absolute

10

Atmospheric pressure

± 0,1 kPa absolute

11

Other pressures

± 0,1 kPa absolute

12

Absolute humidity

± 5 % of reading

13

Dilution air flow

± 2 % of reading

14

Diluted exhaust gas flow

± 2 % of reading

1.4.   Determination of the gaseous components

1.4.1.   General analyser specifications

The analysers shall have a measuring range appropriate for the accuracy required to measure the concentrations of the exhaust gas components (section1.4.1.1). It is recommended that the analysers be operated in such a way that the measured concentration falls between 15 % and 100 % of full scale.

If the full scale value is 155 ppm (or ppm C) or less or if read-out systems (computers, data loggers) that provide sufficient accuracy and resolution below 15 % of full scale are used, concentrations below 15 % of full scale are also acceptable. In this case, additional calibrations are to be made to ensure the accuracy of the calibration curves - Annex III, Appendix 2, section 1.5.5.2.

The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the equipment shall be on a level as to minimise additional errors.

1.4.1.1.   Measurement error

The analyser shall not deviate from the nominal calibration point by more than ±2 % of the reading or ± 0,3 % of full scale, whichever is larger.

NOTE: For the purpose of this standard, accuracy is defined as the deviation of the analyser reading from the nominal calibration values using a calibration gas (≡ true value)

1.4.1.2.   Repeatability

The repeatability, defined as 2,5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given calibration or span gas, must be no greater than ± 1 % of full scale concentration for each range used above 155 ppm (or ppm C) or ± 2 % of each range used below 155 ppm (or ppm C).

1.4.1.3.   Noise

The analyser peak-to-peak response to zero and calibration or span gases over any 10-second period shall not exceed 2 % of full scale on all ranges used.

1.4.1.4.   Zero drift

The zero drift during a one-hour period shall be less than 2 % of full scale on the lowest range used. The zero response is defined as the mean response, including noise, to a zero gas during a 30-second time interval.

1.4.1.5.   Span drift

The span drift during a one-hour period shall be less than 2 % of full scale on the lowest range used. Span is defined as the difference between the span response and the zero response. The span response is defined as the mean response, including noise, to a span gas during a 30-second time interval.

1.4.2.   Gas drying

The optional gas drying device must have a minimal effect on the concentration of the measured gases. Chemical dryers are not an acceptable method of removing water from the sample.

1.4.3.   Analysers

Sections 1.4.3.1 to 1.4.3.5 of this Appendix describe the measurement principles to be used. A detailed description of the measurement systems is given in AnnexVI.

The gases to be measured shall be analysed with the following instruments. For non-linear analysers, the use of linearising circuits is permitted.

1.4.3.1.   Carbon monoxide (CO) analysis

The carbon monoxide analyser shall be of the non-dispersive infra-red (NDIR) absorption type.

1.4.3.2.   Carbon dioxide (CO2) analysis

The carbon dioxide analyser shall be of the non-dispersive infra-red (NDIR) absorption type.

1.4.3.3.   Hydrocarbon (HC) analysis

The hydrocarbon analyser shall be of the heated flame ionization detector (HFID) type with detector, valves, pipework, etc, heated so as to maintain a gas temperature of 463 K (190 °C) ± 10 K.

1.4.3.4.   Oxides of nitrogen (NOx) analysis

The oxides of nitrogen analyser shall be of the chemiluminescent detector (CLD) or heated chemiluminescent detector (HCLD) type with a NO2/NO converter, if measured on a dry basis. If measured on a wet basis, a HCLD with converter maintained above 328 K (55 °C) shall be used, provided the water quench check (Annex III, Appendix 2, section 1.9.2.2) is satisfied.

For both CLD and HCLD, the sampling path shall be maintained at a wall temperature of 328 K to 473 K (55 to 200 °C) up to the converter for dry measurement, and up to the analyser for wet measurement.

1.4.4.   Air to fuel measurement

The air to fuel measurement equipment used to determine the exhaust gas flow as specified in section 1.2.5 shall be a wide range air to fuel ratio sensor or lambda sensor of Zirconia type.

The sensor shall be mounted directly on the exhaust pipe where the exhaust gas temperature is high enough to eliminate water condensation.

The accuracy of the sensor with incorporated electronics shall be within:

| ± 3 % of reading λ < 2 |
| --- |

± 3 % of reading λ < 2

| ± 5 % of reading 2 ≤ λ < 5 |
| --- |

± 5 % of reading 2 ≤ λ < 5

| ± 10 % of reading 5 ≤ λ |
| --- |

± 10 % of reading 5 ≤ λ

To fulfil the accuracy specified above, the sensor shall be calibrated as specified by the instrument manufacturer.

1.4.5.   Sampling for gaseous emissions

The gaseous emissions sampling probes must be fitted at least 0,5 m or three times the diameter of the exhaust pipe — whichever is the larger — upstream of the exit of the exhaust gas system as far as applicable and sufficiently close to the engine as to ensure an exhaust gas temperature of at least 343 K (70 °C) at the probe.

In the case of a multi-cylinder engine with a branched exhaust manifold, the inlet of the probe shall be located sufficiently far downstream so as to ensure that the sample is representative of the average exhaust emissions from all cylinders. In multi-cylinder engines having distinct groups of manifolds, such as in a “V”-engine configuration, it is permissible to acquire a sample from each group individually and calculate an average exhaust emission. Other methods which have been shown to correlate with the above methods may be used. For exhaust emissions calculation the total exhaust mass flow of the engine must be used.

If the composition of the exhaust gas is influenced by any exhaust after-treatment system, the exhaust sample must be taken upstream of this device in the tests of stage I and downstream of this device in the tests of stage II. When a full flow dilution system is used for the determination of the particulates, the gaseous emissions may also be determined in the diluted exhaust gas. The sampling probes shall be close to the particulate sampling probe in the dilution tunnel (Annex VI, section 1.2.1.2, DT and Section 1.2.2, PSP). CO and CO2 may optionally be determined by sampling into a bag and subsequent measurement of the concentration in the sampling bag.

1.5.   Determination of the particulates

The determination of the particulates requires a dilution system. Dilution may be accomplished by a partial flow dilution system or a full flow dilution system. The flow capacity of the dilution system shall be large enough to completely eliminate water condensation in the dilution and sampling systems, and maintain the temperature of the diluted exhaust gas between 315 K (42 °C) and 325 K (52 °C) immediately upstream of the filter holders. De-humidifying the dilution air before entering the dilution system is permitted, if the air humidity is high. Dilution air pre-heating above the temperature limit of 303 K (30 °C) is recommended, if the ambient temperature is below 293 K (20 °C). However, the diluted air temperature must not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel.

Note: For steady-state procedure, the filter temperature may be kept at or below the maximum temperature of 325 K (52 °C) instead of respecting the temperature range of 42 to 52 °C.

For a partial flow dilution system, the particulate sampling probe must be fitted close to and upstream of the gaseous probe as defined in Section 4.4 and in accordance with Annex VI, section 1.2.1.1, figure 4-12 EP and SP.

The partial flow dilution system has to be designed to split the exhaust stream into two fractions, the smaller one being diluted with air and subsequently used for particulate measurement. From that it is essential that the dilution ratio be determined very accurately. Different splitting methods can be applied, whereby the type of splitting used dictates to a significant degree the sampling hardware and procedures to be used (Annex VI, section 1.2.1.1).

To determine the mass of the particulates, a particulate sampling system, particulate sampling filters, a microgram balance and a temperature and humidity controlled weighing chamber are required.

For particulate sampling, two methods may be applied:

| — | the single filter method uses one pair of filters (1.5.1.3 of this Appendix) for all modes of the test cycle. Considerable attention must be paid to sampling times and flows during the sampling phase of the test. However, only one pair of filters will be required for the test cycle, |
| --- | --- |

—

the single filter method uses one pair of filters (1.5.1.3 of this Appendix) for all modes of the test cycle. Considerable attention must be paid to sampling times and flows during the sampling phase of the test. However, only one pair of filters will be required for the test cycle,

| — | the multiple filter method dictates that one pair of filters (section 1.5.1.3 of this Appendix) is used for each of the individual modes of the test cycle. This method allows more lenient sample procedures but uses more filters. |
| --- | --- |

—

the multiple filter method dictates that one pair of filters (section 1.5.1.3 of this Appendix) is used for each of the individual modes of the test cycle. This method allows more lenient sample procedures but uses more filters.

1.5.1.   Particulate sampling filters

1.5.1.1.   Filter specification

Fluorocarbon coated glass fibre filters or fluorocarbon based membrane filters are required for certification tests. For special applications different filter materials may be used. All filter types shall have a 0,3 μm DOP (di-octylphthalate) collection efficiency of at least 99 % at a gas face velocity between 35 and 100cm/s. When performing correlation tests between laboratories or between a manufacturer and an approval authority, filters of identical quality must be used.

1.5.1.2.   Filter size

Particulate filters must have a minimum diameter of 47 mm (37 mm stain diameter). Larger diameter filters are acceptable (section 1.5.1.5).

1.5.1.3.   Primary and back-up filters

The diluted exhaust shall be sampled by a pair of filters placed in series (one primary and one back-up filter) during the test sequence. The back-up filter shall be located no more than 100mm downstream of, and shall not be in contact with, the primary filter. The filters may be weighed separately or as a pair with the filters placed stain side to stain side.

1.5.1.4.   Filter face velocity

A gas face velocity through the filter of 35 to 100 cm/s shall be achieved. The pressure drop increase between the beginning and the end of the test shall be no more than 25 kPa.

1.5.1.5.   Filter loading

The recommended minimum filter loadings for the most common filter sizes are shown in the following table. For larger filter sizes, the minimum filter loading shall be 0,065 mg/1 000 mm2 filter area.

| Filter diameter
  (mm) | Recommended stain diameter
  (mm) | Recommended minimum loading
  (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 47 | 37 | 0,11 |
| 70 | 60 | 0,25 |
| 90 | 80 | 0,41 |
| 110 | 100 | 0,62 |

Filter diameter

(mm)

Recommended stain diameter

(mm)

Recommended minimum loading

(mg)

47

37

0,11

70

60

0,25

90

80

0,41

110

100

0,62

For the multiple filter method, the recommended minimum filter loading for the sum of all filters shall be the product of the appropriate value above and the square root of the total number of modes.

1.5.2.   Weighing chamber and analytical balance specifications

1.5.2.1.   Weighing chamber conditions

The temperature of the chamber (or room) in which the particulate filters are conditioned and weighed shall be maintained to within 295 K (22 °C) ± 3 K during all filter conditioning and weighing. The humidity shall be maintained to a dew point of 282,5 (9,5 °C) ± 3 K and a relative humidity of 45 ± 8 %.

1.5.2.2.   Reference filter weighing

The chamber (or room) environment shall be free of any ambient contaminants (such as dust) that would settle on the particulate filters during their stabilisation. Disturbances to weighing room specifications as outlined in section 1.5.2.1 will be allowed if the duration of the disturbances does not exceed 30 minutes. The weighing room should meet the required specifications prior to personnel entrance into the weighing room. At least two unused reference filters or reference filter pairs shall be weighed within four hours of, but preferably at the same time as the sample filter (pair) weighing. They shall be the same size and material as the sample filters.

If the average weight of the reference filters (reference filter pairs) changes between sample filter weighing by more than 10μg, then all sample filters shall be discarded and the emissions test repeated.

If the weighing room stability criteria outlined in section 1.5.2.1 is not met, but the reference filter (pair) weighing meet the above criteria, the engine manufacturer has the option of accepting the sample filter weights or voiding the tests, fixing the weighing room control system and re-running the test.

1.5.2.3.   Analytical balance

The analytical balance used to determine the weights of all filters shall have a precision (standard deviation) of 2 μg and a resolution of 1 μg (1 digit = 1 μg) specified by the balance manufacturer.

1.5.2.4.   Elimination of static electricity effects

To eliminate the effects of static electricity, the filters shall be neutralised prior to weighing, for example, by a Polonium neutraliser or a device of similar effect.

1.5.3.   Additional specifications for particulate measurement

All parts of the dilution system and the sampling system from the exhaust pipe up to the filter holder, which are in contact with raw and diluted exhaust gas, must be designed to minimise deposition or alteration of the particulates. All parts must be made of electrically conductive materials that do not react with exhaust gas components, and must be electrically grounded to prevent electrostatic effects.

2.   MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES (NRTC TEST)

2.1.   Introduction

Gaseous and particulate components emitted by the engine submitted for testing shall be measured by the methods of Annex VI. The methods of Annex VI describe the recommended analytical systems for the gaseous emissions (Section 1.1) and the recommended particulate dilution and sampling systems (Section 1.2).

2.2.   Dynamometer and test cell equipment

The following equipment shall be used for emission tests of engines on engine dynamometers:

2.2.1.   Engine dynamometer

An engine dynamometer shall be used with adequate characteristics to perform the test cycle described in Appendix 4 to this Annex. The instrumentation for torque and speed measurement shall allow the measurement of the power within the given limits. Additional calculations may be necessary. The accuracy of the measuring equipment must be such that the maximum tolerances of the figures given in Table 3 are not exceeded.

2.2.2.   Other instruments

Measuring instruments for fuel consumption, air consumption, temperature of coolant and lubricant, exhaust gas pressure and intake manifold depression, exhaust gas temperature, air intake temperature, atmospheric pressure, humidity and fuel temperature shall be used, as required. These instruments shall satisfy the requirements given in Table 3:

Table 3 —   Accuracy of measuring instruments

| No. | Measuring instrument | accuracy |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | Engine speed | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger |
| 2 | Torque | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger |
| 3 | Fuel consumption | ± 2 % of engine's max. value |
| 4 | Air consumption | ± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger |
| 5 | Exhaust gas flow | ± 2,5 % of reading or ± 1,5 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger |
| 6 | Temperatures ≤ 600 K | ± 2 K absolute |
| 7 | Temperatures > 600 K | ± 1 % of reading |
| 8 | Exhaust gas pressure | ± 0,2 kPa absolute |
| 9 | Intake air depression | ± 0,05 kPa absolute |
| 10 | Atmospheric pressure | ± 0,1 kPa absolute |
| 11 | Other pressures | ± 0,1 kPa absolute |
| 12 | Absolute humidity | ± 5 % of reading |
| 13 | Dilution air flow | ± 2 % of reading |
| 14 | Diluted exhaust gas flow | ± 2 % of reading |

No.

Measuring instrument

accuracy

1

Engine speed

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger

2

Torque

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger

3

Fuel consumption

± 2 % of engine's max. value

4

Air consumption

± 2 % of reading or ± 1 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger

5

Exhaust gas flow

± 2,5 % of reading or ± 1,5 % of engine's max. value, whichever is larger

6

Temperatures ≤ 600 K

± 2 K absolute

7

Temperatures > 600 K

± 1 % of reading

8

Exhaust gas pressure

± 0,2 kPa absolute

9

Intake air depression

± 0,05 kPa absolute

10

Atmospheric pressure

± 0,1 kPa absolute

11

Other pressures

± 0,1 kPa absolute

12

Absolute humidity

± 5 % of reading

13

Dilution air flow

± 2 % of reading

14

Diluted exhaust gas flow

± 2 % of reading

2.2.3.   Raw exhaust gas flow

For calculating the emissions in the raw exhaust gas and for controlling a partial flow dilution system, it is necessary to know the exhaust gas mass flow rate. For determining the exhaust mass flow rate, either of the methods described below may be used.

For the purpose of emissions calculation, the response time of either method described below shall be equal to or less than the requirement for the analyser response time, as defined in Appendix 2, Section 1.11.1.

For the purpose of controlling a partial flow dilution system, a faster response is required. For partial flow dilution systems with online control, a response time of ≤0,3s is required. For partial flow dilution systems with look ahead control based on a pre-recorded test run, a response time of the exhaust flow measurement system of ≤5s with a rise time of ≤ 1 s is required. The system response time shall be specified by the instrument manufacturer. The combined response time requirements for exhaust gas flow and partial flow dilution system are indicated in Section 2.4.

Direct measurement method

Direct measurement of the instantaneous exhaust flow may be done by systems, such as:

| — | pressure differential devices, like flow nozzle, (for details see ISO 5167: 2000) |
| --- | --- |

—

pressure differential devices, like flow nozzle, (for details see ISO 5167: 2000)

| — | ultrasonic flowmeter |
| --- | --- |

—

ultrasonic flowmeter

| — | vortex flowmeter. |
| --- | --- |

—

vortex flowmeter.

Precautions shall be taken to avoid measurement errors, which will impact emission value errors. Such precautions include the careful installation of the device in the engine exhaust system according to the instrument manufacturers' recommendations and to good engineering practice. Especially, engine performance and emissions must not be affected by the installation of the device.

The flowmeters shall meet the accuracy specifications of Table 3.

Air and fuel measurement method

This involves measurement of the airflow and the fuel flow with suitable flowmeters. The calculation of the instantaneous exhaust gas flow is as follows:

GEXHW
  = GAIRW
  - GFUEL
  (for wet exhaust mass)

The flowmeters shall meet the accuracy specifications of Table 3, but shall also be accurate enough to also meet the accuracy specifications for the exhaust gas flow.

Tracer measurement method

This involves measurement of the concentration of a tracer gas in the exhaust.

A known amount of an inert gas (e.g. pure helium) shall be injected into the exhaust gas flow as a tracer. The gas is mixed and diluted by the exhaust gas, but must not react in the exhaust pipe. The concentration of the gas shall then be measured in the exhaust gas sample.

In order to ensure complete mixing of the tracer gas, the exhaust gas sampling probe shall be located at least 1 m or 30 times the diameter of the exhaust pipe, whichever is larger, downstream of the tracer gas injection point. The sampling probe may be located closer to the injection point if complete mixing is verified by comparing the tracer gas concentration with the reference concentration when the tracer gas is injected upstream of the engine.

The tracer gas flow rate shall be set so that the tracer gas concentration at engine idle speed after mixing becomes lower than the full scale of the trace gas analyser.

The calculation of the exhaust gas flow is as follows:

Image 15

where

| G EXHW | = | instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| GT | = | tracer gas flow (cm3/min) |
| conc
  mix | = | instantaneous concentration of the tracer gas after mixing (ppm) |
| ρEXH | = | density of the exhaust gas (kg/m3 |
| conc
  a | = | background concentration of the tracer gas in the intake air (ppm) |

G EXHW

=

instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s)

GT

=

tracer gas flow (cm3/min)

conc
  mix

=

instantaneous concentration of the tracer gas after mixing (ppm)

ρEXH

=

density of the exhaust gas (kg/m3

conc
  a

=

background concentration of the tracer gas in the intake air (ppm)

The background concentration of the tracer gas (conc
  a) may be determined by averaging the background concentration measured immediately before the test run and after the test run.

When the background concentration is less than 1 % of the concentration of the tracer gas after mixing (conc
  mix.) at maximum exhaust flow, the background concentration may be neglected.

The total system shall meet the accuracy specifications for the exhaust gas flow, and shall be calibrated according to Appendix 2, paragraph 1.11.2

Air flow and air to fuel ratio measurement method

This involves exhaust mass calculation from the airflow and the air to fuel ratio. The calculation of the instantaneous exhaust gas mass flow is as follows:

Image 16

Image 17

where

| A/Fst | = | stoichiometric air/fuel ratio (kg/kg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| λ | = | relative air/fuel ratio |
| concCO2 | = | dry CO2 concentration ( %) |
| concCO | = | dry CO concentration (ppm) |
| concHC | = | HC concentration (ppm) |

A/Fst

=

stoichiometric air/fuel ratio (kg/kg)

λ

=

relative air/fuel ratio

concCO2

=

dry CO2 concentration ( %)

concCO

=

dry CO concentration (ppm)

concHC

=

HC concentration (ppm)

Note: The calculation refers to a diesel fuel with a H/C ratio equal to 1,8.

The air flowmeter shall meet the accuracy specifications in Table 3, the CO2 analyser used shall meet the specifications of section 2.3.1, and the total system shall meet the accuracy specifications for the exhaust gas flow.

Optionally, air to fuel ratio measurement equipment, such as a zirconia type sensor, may be used for the measurement of the excess air ratio in accordance with the specifications of section 2.3.4.

2.2.4.   Diluted exhaust gas flow

For calculation of the emissions in the diluted exhaust gas, it is necessary to know the diluted exhaust gas mass flow rate. The total diluted exhaust gas flow over the cycle (kg/test) shall be calculated from the measurement values over the cycle and the corresponding calibration data of the flow measurement device (V
  0 for PDP, K
  V for CFV, C
  d for SSV): the corresponding methods described in Appendix 3, section2.2.1. shall be used. If the total sample mass of particulates and gaseous pollutants exceeds 0,5 % of the total CVS flow, the CVS flow shall be corrected or the particulate sample flow shall be returned to the CVS prior to the flow measuring device.

2.3.   Determination of the gaseous components

2.3.1.   General analyser specifications

The analysers shall have a measuring range appropriate for the accuracy required to measure the concentrations of the exhaust gas components (section 1.4.1.1). It is recommended that the analysers be operated in such a way that the measured concentration falls between 15 and 100 % of full scale.

If the full scale value is 155 ppm (or ppm C) or less, or if read-out systems (computers, data loggers) that provide sufficient accuracy and resolution below 15 % of full scale are used, concentrations below 15 % of full scale are also acceptable. In this case, additional calibrations are to be made to ensure the accuracy of the calibration curves - Annex III, Appendix 2, section 1.5.5.2.

The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the equipment shall be of a level such as to minimise additional errors.

2.3.1.1.   Measurement error

The analyser shall not deviate from the nominal calibration point by more than ± 2 % of the reading or ± 0,3 % of full scale, whichever is larger.

Note: For the purpose of this standard, accuracy is defined as the deviation of the analyser reading from the nominal calibration values using a calibration gas (≡ true value).

2.3.1.2.   Repeatability

The repeatability, defined as 2,5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given calibration or span gas, must be no greater than ± 1 % of full scale concentration for each range used above 155 ppm (or ppm C) or ± 2 % for each range used below 155 ppm (or ppm C).

2.3.1.3.   Noise

The analyser peak-to-peak response to zero and calibration or span gases over any 10-second period shall not exceed 2 % of full scale on all ranges used.

2.3.1.4.   Zero drift

The zero drift during a one-hour period shall be less than 2 % of full scale on the lowest range used. The zero response is defined as the mean response, including noise, to a zero gas during a 30-second time interval.

2.3.1.5.   Span drift

The span drift during a one-hour period shall be less than 2 % of full scale on the lowest range used. Span is defined as the difference between the span response and the zero response. The span response is defined as the mean response, including noise, to a span gas during a 30-second time interval.

2.3.1.6.   Rise time

For raw exhaust gas analysis, the rise time of the analyser installed in the measurement system shall not exceed 2,5 s.

NOTE: Only evaluating the response time of the analyser alone will not clearly define the suitability of the total system for transient testing. Volumes, and especially dead volumes, through out the system will not only affect the transportation time from the probe to the analyser, but also affect the rise time. Also transport times inside of an analyser would be defined as analyser response time, like the converter or water traps inside of a NOx analysers. The determination of the total system response time is described in Appendix 2, Section 1.11.1.

2.3.2.   Gas drying

Same specifications as for NRSC test cycle apply (Section 1.4.2) as described here below.

The optional gas drying device must have a minimal effect on the concentration of the measured gases. Chemical dryers are not an acceptable method of removing water from the sample.

2.3.3.   Analysers

Same specifications as for NRSC test cycle apply (Section 1.4.3) as described here below.

The gases to be measured shall be analysed with the following instruments. For non-linear analysers, the use of linearising circuits is permitted.

2.3.3.1.   Carbon monoxide (CO) analysis

The carbon monoxide analyser shall be of the non-dispersive infra-red (NDIR) absorption type.

2.3.3.2.   Carbon dioxide (CO2) analysis

The carbon dioxide analyser shall be of the non-dispersive infra-red (NDIR) absorption type.

2.3.3.3.   Hydrocarbon (HC) analysis

The hydrocarbon analyser shall be of the heated flame ionization detector (HFID) type with detector, valves, pipework, etc, heated so as to maintain a gas temperature of 463K (190 °C) ± 10 K.

2.3.3.4.   Oxides of nitrogen (NOx) analysis

The oxides of nitrogen analyser shall be of the chemiluminescent detector (CLD) or heated chemiluminescent detector (HCLD) type with a NO2/NO converter, if measured on a dry basis. If measured on a wet basis, a HCLD with converter maintained above 328 K (55 °C shall be used, provided the water quench check (Annex III, Appendix 2, section 1.9.2.2) is satisfied.

For both CLD and HCLD, the sampling path shall be maintained at a wall temperature of 328K to 473 K (55 to 200 °C) up to the converter for dry measurement, and up to the analyser for wet measurement.

2.3.4.   Air to fuel measurement

The air to fuel measurement equipment used to determine the exhaust gas flow as specified in section 2.2.3 shall be a wide range air to fuel ratio sensor or lambda sensor of Zirconia type.

The sensor shall be mounted directly on the exhaust pipe where the exhaust gas temperature is high enough to eliminate water condensation.

The accuracy of the sensor with incorporated electronics shall be within:

| ± 3 % of reading λ < 2 |
| --- |

± 3 % of reading λ < 2

| ± 5 % of reading 2 ≤ λ < 5 |
| --- |

± 5 % of reading 2 ≤ λ < 5

| ± 10 % of reading 5 ≤ λ |
| --- |

± 10 % of reading 5 ≤ λ

To fulfil the accuracy specified above, the sensor shall be calibrated as specified by the instrument manufacturer.

2.3.5.   Sampling of gaseous emissions

2.3.5.1.   Raw exhaust gas flow

For calculation of the emissions in the raw exhaust gas the same specifications as for NRSC test cycle apply (Section 1.4.4), as described here below.

The gaseous emissions sampling probes must be fitted at least 0,5 m or three times the diameter of the exhaust pipe — whichever is the larger — upstream of the exit of the exhaust gas system as far as applicable and sufficiently close to the engine as to ensure an exhaust gas temperature of at least 343 K (70 °C) at the probe.

In the case of a multicylinder engine with a branched exhaust manifold, the inlet of the probe shall be located sufficiently far downstream so as to ensure that the sample is representative of the average exhaust emissions from all cylinders. In multicylinder engines having distinct groups of manifolds, such as in a “V”-engine configuration, it is permissible to acquire a sample from each group individually and calculate an average exhaust emission. Other methods which have been shown to correlate with the above methods may be used. For exhaust emissions calculation the total exhaust mass flow of the engine must be used.

If the composition of the exhaust gas is influenced by any exhaust after-treatment system, the exhaust sample must be taken upstream of this device in the tests of stage I and downstream of this device in the tests of stage II.

2.3.5.2.   Diluted exhaust gas flow

If a full flow dilution system is used, the following specifications apply.

The exhaust pipe between the engine and the full flow dilution system shall conform to the requirements of Annex VI.

The gaseous emissions sample probe(s) shall be installed in the dilution tunnel at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, and in close proximity to the particulates sampling probe.

Sampling can generally be done in two ways:

| — | the pollutants are sampled into a sampling bag over the cycle and measured after completion of the test, |
| --- | --- |

—

the pollutants are sampled into a sampling bag over the cycle and measured after completion of the test,

| — | the pollutants are sampled continuously and integrated over the cycle; this method is mandatory for HC and NOx. |
| --- | --- |

—

the pollutants are sampled continuously and integrated over the cycle; this method is mandatory for HC and NOx.

The background concentrations shall be sampled upstream of the dilution tunnel into a sampling bag, and shall be subtracted from the emissions concentration according to Appendix 3, Section 2.2.3.

2.4.   Determination of the particulates

Determination of the particulates requires a dilution system. Dilution may be accomplished by a partial flow dilution system or a full flow dilution system. The flow capacity of the dilution system shall be large enough to completely eliminate water condensation in the dilution and sampling systems, and maintain the temperature of the diluted exhaust gas between 315 K (42 °C) and 325 K (52 °C) immediately upstream of the filter holders. De-humidifying the dilution air before entering the dilution system is permitted, if the air humidity is high. Dilution air pre-heating above the temperature limit of 303 K (30 °C) is recommended if the ambient temperature is below 293 K (20 °C). However, the diluted air temperature must not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel.

The particulate sampling probe shall be installed in close proximity to the gaseous emissions sampling probe, and the installation shall comply with the provisions of Section 2.3.5.

To determine the mass of the particulates, a particulate sampling system, particulate sampling filters, microgram balance, and a temperature and humidity controlled weighing chamber, are required.

Partial flow dilution system specifications

The partial flow dilution system has to be designed to split the exhaust stream into two fractions, the smaller one being diluted with air and subsequently used for particulate measurement. For this it is essential that the dilution ratio be determined very accurately. Different splitting methods can be applied, whereby the type of splitting used dictates to a significant degree the sampling hardware and procedures to be used (Annex VI, section 1.2.1.1).

For the control of a partial flow dilution system, a fast system response is required. The transformation time for the system shall be determined by the procedure described in Appendix 2, Section 1.11.1.

If the combined transformation time of the exhaust flow measurement (see previous section) and the partial flow system is less than 0,3 s, online control may be used. If the transformation time exceeds 0,3 s, look ahead control based on a pre-recorded test run must be used. In this case, the rise time shall be ≤ 1 s and the delay time of the combination ≤10 s.

The total system response shall be designed as to ensure a representative sample of the particulates, GSE
  , proportional to the exhaust mass flow. To determine the proportionality, a regression analysis of GSE
  versus GEXHW
  shall be conducted on a minimum 5 Hz data acquisition rate, and the following criteria shall be met:

| — | the correlation coefficient r of the linear regression between GSE and GEXHW shall be not less than 0,95, |
| --- | --- |

—

the correlation coefficient r of the linear regression between GSE and GEXHW shall be not less than 0,95,

| — | the standard error of estimate of GSE on GEXHW shall not exceed 5 % of GSE maximum. |
| --- | --- |

—

the standard error of estimate of GSE on GEXHW shall not exceed 5 % of GSE maximum.

| — | GSE intercept of the regression line shall not exceed ± 2 % of GSE maximum. |
| --- | --- |

—

GSE intercept of the regression line shall not exceed ± 2 % of GSE maximum.

Optionally, a pre-test may be run, and the exhaust mass flow signal of the pre-test be used for controlling the sample flow into the particulate system (look-ahead control). Such a procedure is required if the transformation time of the particulate system, t
  50,P or/and the transformation time of the exhaust mass flow signal, t
  50,F are > 0,3 s. Acorrect control of the partial dilution system is obtained, if the time trace of GEXHW

  ,pre of the pre-test, which controls GSE, is shifted by a “look-ahead” time of t
  50,P + t
  50,F .

For establishing the correlation between GSE
  and GEXHW
  the data taken during the actual test shall be used, with GEXHW
  time aligned by t50,F relative to GSE
  (no contribution from t
  50,P to the time alignment). That is, the time shift between GEXHW
  and GSE
  is the difference in their transformation times that were determined in Appendix 2, Section2.6.

For partial flow dilution systems, the accuracy of the sample flow GSE
  is of special concern, if not measured directly, but determined by differential flow measurement:

GSE
  = GTOTW
  — GDILW

In this case an accuracy of ± 2 % for GTOTW
  and GDILW
  is not sufficient to guarantee acceptable accuracies of GSE.
  If the gas flow is determined by differential flow measurement, the maximum error of the difference shall be such that the accuracy of GSE
  is within ± 5 % when the dilution ratio is less than 15. It can be calculated by taking root-mean-square of the errors of each instrument.

Acceptable accuracies of GSE
  can be obtained by either of the following methods:

| (a) | The absolute accuracies of GTOTW and GDILW are ± 0,2 % which guarantees an accuracy of GSE of ≤ 5 % at a dilution ratio of 15. However, greater errors will occur at higher dilution ratios. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The absolute accuracies of GTOTW and GDILW are ± 0,2 % which guarantees an accuracy of GSE of ≤ 5 % at a dilution ratio of 15. However, greater errors will occur at higher dilution ratios.

| (b) | Calibration of GDILW relative to GTOTW is carried out such that the same accuracies for GSE as in (a) are obtained. For the details of such a calibration see Appendix 2, Section 2.6. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

Calibration of GDILW relative to GTOTW is carried out such that the same accuracies for GSE as in (a) are obtained. For the details of such a calibration see Appendix 2, Section 2.6.

| (c) | The accuracy of GSE is determined indirectly from the accuracy of the dilution ratio as determined by a tracer gas, e.g. CO2. Again, accuracies equivalent to method (a) for GSE are required. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

The accuracy of GSE is determined indirectly from the accuracy of the dilution ratio as determined by a tracer gas, e.g. CO2. Again, accuracies equivalent to method (a) for GSE are required.

| (d) | The absolute accuracy of GTOTW and GDILW is within ± 2 % of full scale, the maximum error of the difference between GTOTW and GDILW is within 0,2 %, and the linearity error is within ± 0,2 % of the highest GTOTW observed during the test. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

The absolute accuracy of GTOTW and GDILW is within ± 2 % of full scale, the maximum error of the difference between GTOTW and GDILW is within 0,2 %, and the linearity error is within ± 0,2 % of the highest GTOTW observed during the test.

2.4.1.   Particulate sampling filters

2.4.1.1.   Filter specification

Fluorocarbon coated glass fibre filters or fluorocarbon based membrane filters are required for certification tests. For special applications different filter materials may be used. All filter types shall have a 0,3 μm DOP (di-octylphthalate) collection efficiency of at least 99 % at a gas face velocity between 35 and 100 cm/s. When performing correlation tests between laboratories or between a manufacturer and an approval authority, filters of identical quality must be used.

2.4.1.2.   Filter size

Particulate filters must have a minimum diameter of 47 mm (37 mm stain diameter). Larger diameter filters are acceptable (section 2.4.1.5).

2.4.1.3.   Primary and back-up filters

The diluted exhaust shall be sampled by a pair of filters placed in series (one primary and one back-up filter) during the test sequence. The back-up filter shall be located no more than 100mm downstream of, and shall not be in contact with, the primary filter. The filters may be weighed separately or as a pair with the filters placed stain side to stain side.

2.4.1.4.   Filter face velocity

A gas face velocity through the filter of 35 to 100 cm/s shall be achieved. The pressure drop increase between the beginning and the end of the test shall be no more than 25kPa.

2.4.1.5.   Filter loading

The recommended minimum filter loadings for the most common filter sizes are shown in the following table. For larger filter sizes, the minimum filter loading shall be 0,065mg/1 000mm2 filter area.

| Filter diameter
  (mm) | Recommended stain diameter
  (mm) | Recommended minimum loading
  (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 47 | 37 | 0,11 |
| 70 | 60 | 0,25 |
| 90 | 80 | 0,41 |
| 110 | 100 | 0,62 |

Filter diameter

(mm)

Recommended stain diameter

(mm)

Recommended minimum loading

(mg)

47

37

0,11

70

60

0,25

90

80

0,41

110

100

0,62

2.4.2.   Weighing chamber and analytical balance specifications

2.4.2.1.   Weighing chamber conditions

The temperature of the chamber (or room) in which the particulate filters are conditioned and weighed shall be maintained to within 295 K (22 °C) ± 3 K during all filter conditioning and weighing. The humidity shall be maintained to a dewpoint of 282,5 (9,5 °C) ± 3 K and a relative humidity of 45 ± 8 %.

2.4.2.2.   Reference filter weighing

The chamber (or room) environment shall be free of any ambient contaminants (such as dust) that would settle on the particulate filters during their stabilisation. Disturbances to weighing room specifications as outlined in section 2.4.2.1 will be allowed if the duration of the disturbances does not exceed 30 minutes. The weighing room should meet the required specifications prior to personnel entrance into the weighing room. At least two unused reference filters or reference filter pairs shall be weighed within four hours of, but preferably at the same time as the sample filter (pair) weighing. They shall be the same size and material as the sample filters.

If the average weight of the reference filters (reference filter pairs) changes between sample filter weighing by more than 10μg, then all sample filters shall be discarded and the emissions test repeated.

If the weighing room stability criteria outlined in section 2.4.2.1 are not met, but the reference filter (pair) weighing meet the above criteria, the engine manufacturer has the option of accepting the sample filter weights or voiding the tests, fixing the weighing room control system and re-running the test.

2.4.2.3.   Analytical balance

The analytical balance used to determine the weights of all filters shall have a precision (standard deviation) of 2 μg and a resolution of 1 μg (1 digit = 1 μg) specified by the balance manufacturer.

2.4.2.4.   Elimination of static electricity effects

To eliminate the effects of static electricity, the filters shall be neutralised prior to weighing, for example, by a Polonium neutraliser or a device having similar effect.

2.4.3.   Additional specifications for particulate measurement

All parts of the dilution system and the sampling system from the exhaust pipe up to the filter holder, which are in contact with raw and diluted exhaust gas, must be designed to minimise deposition or alteration of the particulates. All parts must be made of electrically conductive materials that do not react with exhaust gas components, and must be electrically grounded to prevent electrostatic effects.’

| 6. | Appendix 2 is amended as follows:






  (a) | the title is amended as follows:

  ‘Appendix 2
  CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (NRSC, NRTC (10))

  (10)  The calibration procedure is common for both NRSC and NRTC tests, with the exception of the requirements specified in Sections 1.11. and 2.6.’
  " |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.

Appendix 2 is amended as follows:

(a)

the title is amended as follows:

‘Appendix 2

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (NRSC, NRTC (10))

10

(10)  The calibration procedure is common for both NRSC and NRTC tests, with the exception of the requirements specified in Sections 1.11. and 2.6.’
  "

10

| (b) | Section 1.2.2. is amended as follows:
  After the current text the following is added:

  ‘This accuracy implies that primary gases used for blending shall be known to have an accuracy of at least ± 1 %, traceable to national or international gas standards. The verification shall be performed at between 15 and 50 % of full scale for each calibration incorporating a blending device. An additional verification may be performed using another calibration gas, if the first verification has failed.
  Optionally, the blending device may be checked with an instrument which by nature is linear, e.g. using NO gas with a CLD. The span value of the instrument shall be adjusted with the span gas directly connected to the instrument. The blending device shall be checked at the used settings and the nominal value shall be compared to the measured concentration of the instrument. This difference shall in each point be within ± 1 % of the nominal value.
  Other methods may be used based on good engineering practice and with the prior agreement of the parties involved.

  Note: A precision gas divider of accuracy is within ± 1 %, is recommended for establishing the accurate analyser calibration curve. The gas divider shall be calibrated by the instrument manufacturer.’; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

Section 1.2.2. is amended as follows:

After the current text the following is added:

‘This accuracy implies that primary gases used for blending shall be known to have an accuracy of at least ± 1 %, traceable to national or international gas standards. The verification shall be performed at between 15 and 50 % of full scale for each calibration incorporating a blending device. An additional verification may be performed using another calibration gas, if the first verification has failed.

Optionally, the blending device may be checked with an instrument which by nature is linear, e.g. using NO gas with a CLD. The span value of the instrument shall be adjusted with the span gas directly connected to the instrument. The blending device shall be checked at the used settings and the nominal value shall be compared to the measured concentration of the instrument. This difference shall in each point be within ± 1 % of the nominal value.

Other methods may be used based on good engineering practice and with the prior agreement of the parties involved.

Note: A precision gas divider of accuracy is within ± 1 %, is recommended for establishing the accurate analyser calibration curve. The gas divider shall be calibrated by the instrument manufacturer.’;

Note:

| (c) | Section 1.5.5.1 is amended as follows:






  (i) | the first sentence is replaced by the following:

  ‘The analyser calibration curve is established by at least six calibration points (excluding zero) spaced as uniformly as possible.’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

Section 1.5.5.1 is amended as follows:

(i)

the first sentence is replaced by the following:

‘The analyser calibration curve is established by at least six calibration points (excluding zero) spaced as uniformly as possible.’

| (ii) | the third indent is replaced by the following:

  ‘The calibration curve must not differ by more than ± 2 % from the nominal value of each calibration point and by more than ± 0,3 % of full scale at zero.’; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the third indent is replaced by the following:

‘The calibration curve must not differ by more than ± 2 % from the nominal value of each calibration point and by more than ± 0,3 % of full scale at zero.’;

| (d) | in section 1.5.5.2, the last indent is replaced by the following:

  ‘The calibration curve must not differ by more than ± 4 % from the nominal value of each calibration point and by more than ± 0,3 % of full scale at zero.’; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

in section 1.5.5.2, the last indent is replaced by the following:

‘The calibration curve must not differ by more than ± 4 % from the nominal value of each calibration point and by more than ± 0,3 % of full scale at zero.’;

| (e) | the text in section 1.8.3 is replaced by the following:

  ‘The oxygen interference check shall be determined when introducing an analyser into service and after major service intervals.
  A range shall be chosen where the oxygen interference check gases will fall within the upper 50 %. The test shall be conducted with the oven temperature set as required.
  1.8.3.1.   Oxygen interference gases
  Oxygen interference check gases shall contain propane with 350 ppmC ÷ 75 ppmC hydrocarbon. The concentration value shall be determined to calibration gas tolerances by chromatographic analysis of total hydrocarbons plus impurities or by dynamic blending. Nitrogen shall be the predominant diluent with the balance oxygen. Blends required for Diesel engine testing are:






  O2 concentration | Balance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 21 (20 to 22) | Nitrogen |
| 10 (9 to 11 | Nitrogen |
| 5 (4 to 6) | Nitrogen |

(e)

the text in section 1.8.3 is replaced by the following:

‘The oxygen interference check shall be determined when introducing an analyser into service and after major service intervals.

A range shall be chosen where the oxygen interference check gases will fall within the upper 50 %. The test shall be conducted with the oven temperature set as required.

1.8.3.1.   Oxygen interference gases

Oxygen interference check gases shall contain propane with 350 ppmC ÷ 75 ppmC hydrocarbon. The concentration value shall be determined to calibration gas tolerances by chromatographic analysis of total hydrocarbons plus impurities or by dynamic blending. Nitrogen shall be the predominant diluent with the balance oxygen. Blends required for Diesel engine testing are:

O2 concentration

2

Balance

21 (20 to 22)

Nitrogen

10 (9 to 11

Nitrogen

5 (4 to 6)

Nitrogen

1.8.3.2.   Procedure

| (a) | The analyser shall be zeroed. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The analyser shall be zeroed.

| (b) | The analyser shall be spanned with the 21 % oxygen blend. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The analyser shall be spanned with the 21 % oxygen blend.

| (c) | The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed more than 0,5 % of full scale clauses (a) and (b) shall be repeated. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed more than 0,5 % of full scale clauses (a) and (b) shall be repeated.

| (d) | The 5 % and 10 % oxygen interference check gases shall be introduced. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

The 5 % and 10 % oxygen interference check gases shall be introduced.

| (e) | The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed more than ± 1 % of full scale, the test shall be repeated. |
| --- | --- |

(e)

The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed more than ± 1 % of full scale, the test shall be repeated.

| (f) | The oxygen interference ( %O2I) shall be calculated for each mixture in (d) as follows:












  A | = | hydrocarbon concentration (ppmC) of the span gas used in (b) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| B | = | hydrocarbon concentration (ppmC) of the oxygen interference check gases used in (d) |
| C | = | analyser response |

(f)

The oxygen interference ( %O2I) shall be calculated for each mixture in (d) as follows:

2

Image 18

A

=

hydrocarbon concentration (ppmC) of the span gas used in (b)

B

=

hydrocarbon concentration (ppmC) of the oxygen interference check gases used in (d)

C

=

analyser response

Image 19

| D | = | percent of full scale analyser response due to A. |
| --- | --- | --- |

D

=

percent of full scale analyser response due to A.

| (g) | The % of oxygen interference ( %O2I) shall be less than ± 3,0 % for all required oxygen interference check gases prior to testing. |
| --- | --- |

(g)

The % of oxygen interference ( %O2I) shall be less than ± 3,0 % for all required oxygen interference check gases prior to testing.

2

| (h) | If the oxygen interference is greater than ± 3,0 %, the air flow above and below the manufacturer's specifications shall be incrementally adjusted, repeating clause 1.8.1 for each flow. |
| --- | --- |

(h)

If the oxygen interference is greater than ± 3,0 %, the air flow above and below the manufacturer's specifications shall be incrementally adjusted, repeating clause 1.8.1 for each flow.

| (i) | If the oxygen interference is greater than ± 3,0 % after adjusting the air flow, the fuel flow and thereafter the sample flow shall be varied, repeating clause 1.8.1 for each new setting. |
| --- | --- |

(i)

If the oxygen interference is greater than ± 3,0 % after adjusting the air flow, the fuel flow and thereafter the sample flow shall be varied, repeating clause 1.8.1 for each new setting.

| (j) | If the oxygen interference is still greater than ± 3,0 %, the analyser, FID fuel, or burner air shall be repaired or replaced prior to testing. This clause shall then be repeated with the repaired or replaced equipment or gases.’; |
| --- | --- |

(j)

If the oxygen interference is still greater than ± 3,0 %, the analyser, FID fuel, or burner air shall be repaired or replaced prior to testing. This clause shall then be repeated with the repaired or replaced equipment or gases.’;

| (f) | current paragraph 1.9.2.2. is amended as follows:






  (i) | the first subparagraph is replaced by the following:

  ‘This check applies to wet gas concentration measurements only. Calculation of water quench must consider dilution of the NO span gas with water vapour and scaling of water vapour concentration of the mixture to that expected during testing. A NO span gas having a concentration of 80 to 100 % of full scale to the normal operating range shall be passed through the (H)CLD and the NO value recorded as D. The NO gas shall be bubbled through water at room temperature and passed through the (H)CLD and NO value recorded as C. The water temperature shall be determined and recorded as F. The mixture's saturation vapour pressure that corresponds to the bubbler water temperature (F) shall be determined and recorded as G. The water vapour concentration (in %) of the mixture shall be calculated as follows:’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(f)

current paragraph 1.9.2.2. is amended as follows:

(i)

the first subparagraph is replaced by the following:

‘This check applies to wet gas concentration measurements only. Calculation of water quench must consider dilution of the NO span gas with water vapour and scaling of water vapour concentration of the mixture to that expected during testing. A NO span gas having a concentration of 80 to 100 % of full scale to the normal operating range shall be passed through the (H)CLD and the NO value recorded as D. The NO gas shall be bubbled through water at room temperature and passed through the (H)CLD and NO value recorded as C. The water temperature shall be determined and recorded as F. The mixture's saturation vapour pressure that corresponds to the bubbler water temperature (F) shall be determined and recorded as G. The water vapour concentration (in %) of the mixture shall be calculated as follows:’;

| (ii) | the third subparagraph is replaced by the following:

  ‘and recorded as De. For diesel exhaust, the maximum exhaust water vapour concentration (in %) expected during testing shall be estimated, under the assumption of a fuel atom H/C ratio of 1,8 to 1, from the maximum CO2 concentration in the exhaust gas or from the undiluted CO2 span gas concentration (A, as measured in section 1.9.2.1) as follows:’; |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

the third subparagraph is replaced by the following:

‘and recorded as De. For diesel exhaust, the maximum exhaust water vapour concentration (in %) expected during testing shall be estimated, under the assumption of a fuel atom H/C ratio of 1,8 to 1, from the maximum CO2 concentration in the exhaust gas or from the undiluted CO2 span gas concentration (A, as measured in section 1.9.2.1) as follows:’;

2

2

| (g) | the following section is inserted:






  ‘1.11. | Additional calibration requirements for raw exhaust measurements over NRTC test |
| --- | --- | --- |

(g)

the following section is inserted:

‘1.11.

Additional calibration requirements for raw exhaust measurements over NRTC test

| 1.11.1. | Response time check of the analytical system
  The system settings for the response time evaluation shall be exactly the same as during measurement of the test run (i.e. pressure, flow rates, filter settings on the analysers and all other response time influences). The response time determination shall be done with gas switching directly at the inlet of the sample probe. The gas switching shall be done in less than 0,1 second. The gases used for the test shall cause a concentration change of at least 60 % FS.
  The concentration trace of each single gas component shall be recorded. The response time is defined as the difference in time between the gas switching and the appropriate change of the recorded concentration. The system response time (t90) consists of the delay time to the measuring detector and the rise time of the detector. The delay time is defined as the time from the change (t0) until the response is 10 % of the final reading (t10). The rise time is defined as the time between 10 and 90 % response of the final reading (t90 — t10).
  For time alignment of the analyser and exhaust flow signals in the case of raw measurement, the transformation time is defined as the time from the change (t0) until the response is 50 % of the final reading (t50).
  The system response time shall be ≤ 10 seconds with a rise time ≤ 2,5 seconds for all limited components (CO, NOx, HC) and all ranges used. |
| --- | --- |

1.11.1.

Response time check of the analytical system

The system settings for the response time evaluation shall be exactly the same as during measurement of the test run (i.e. pressure, flow rates, filter settings on the analysers and all other response time influences). The response time determination shall be done with gas switching directly at the inlet of the sample probe. The gas switching shall be done in less than 0,1 second. The gases used for the test shall cause a concentration change of at least 60 % FS.

The concentration trace of each single gas component shall be recorded. The response time is defined as the difference in time between the gas switching and the appropriate change of the recorded concentration. The system response time (t90) consists of the delay time to the measuring detector and the rise time of the detector. The delay time is defined as the time from the change (t0) until the response is 10 % of the final reading (t10). The rise time is defined as the time between 10 and 90 % response of the final reading (t90 — t10).

90

0

10

90

10

For time alignment of the analyser and exhaust flow signals in the case of raw measurement, the transformation time is defined as the time from the change (t0) until the response is 50 % of the final reading (t50).

0

50

The system response time shall be ≤ 10 seconds with a rise time ≤ 2,5 seconds for all limited components (CO, NOx, HC) and all ranges used.

| 1.11.2. | Calibration of tracer gas analyser for exhaust flow measurement
  The analyser for measurement of the tracer gas concentration, if used, shall be calibrated using the standard gas.
  The calibration curve shall be established by at least 10 calibration points (excluding zero) spaced so that a half of the calibration points are placed between 4 to 20 % of analyser's full scale and the rest are in between 20 to 100 % of the full scale. The calibration curve is calculated by the method of least squares.
  The calibration curve shall not differ by more than ± 1 % of the full scale from the nominal value of each calibration point, in the range from 20 to 100 % of the full scale. It shall also not differ by more than ± 2 % from the nominal value in the range from 4 to 20 % of the full scale.
  The analyser shall be set at zero and spanned prior to the test run using a zero gas and a span gas whose nominal value is more than 80 % of the analyser full scale.’; |
| --- | --- |

1.11.2.

Calibration of tracer gas analyser for exhaust flow measurement

The analyser for measurement of the tracer gas concentration, if used, shall be calibrated using the standard gas.

The calibration curve shall be established by at least 10 calibration points (excluding zero) spaced so that a half of the calibration points are placed between 4 to 20 % of analyser's full scale and the rest are in between 20 to 100 % of the full scale. The calibration curve is calculated by the method of least squares.

The calibration curve shall not differ by more than ± 1 % of the full scale from the nominal value of each calibration point, in the range from 20 to 100 % of the full scale. It shall also not differ by more than ± 2 % from the nominal value in the range from 4 to 20 % of the full scale.

The analyser shall be set at zero and spanned prior to the test run using a zero gas and a span gas whose nominal value is more than 80 % of the analyser full scale.’;

| (h) | paragraph 2.2 is replaced by the following:






  ‘2.2. | The calibration of gas flow-meters or flow measurement instrumentation shall be traceable to national and/or international standards.
  The maximum error of the measured value shall be within ± 2 % of reading.
  For partial flow dilution systems, the accuracy of the sample flow GSE
  is of special concern, if not measured directly, but determined by differential flow measurement:

  GSE
  = GTOTW
  — GDILW


  In this case an accuracy of ± 2 % for GTOTW
  and GDILW
  is not sufficient to guarantee acceptable accuracies of GSE.
  If the gas flow is determined by differential flow measurement, the maximum error of the difference shall be such that the accuracy of GSE
  is within ± 5 % when the dilution ratio is less than 15. It can be calculated by taking root-mean-square of the errors of each instrument.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(h)

paragraph 2.2 is replaced by the following:

‘2.2.

The calibration of gas flow-meters or flow measurement instrumentation shall be traceable to national and/or international standards.

The maximum error of the measured value shall be within ± 2 % of reading.

For partial flow dilution systems, the accuracy of the sample flow GSE
  is of special concern, if not measured directly, but determined by differential flow measurement:

GSE

GSE
  = GTOTW
  — GDILW

GSE

GTOTW

GDILW

In this case an accuracy of ± 2 % for GTOTW
  and GDILW
  is not sufficient to guarantee acceptable accuracies of GSE.
  If the gas flow is determined by differential flow measurement, the maximum error of the difference shall be such that the accuracy of GSE
  is within ± 5 % when the dilution ratio is less than 15. It can be calculated by taking root-mean-square of the errors of each instrument.’;

GTOTW

GDILW

GSE.

GSE

| (i) | the following section is added:






  ‘2.6. | Additional calibration requirements for partial flow dilution systems |
| --- | --- | --- |

(i)

the following section is added:

‘2.6.

Additional calibration requirements for partial flow dilution systems

| 2.6.1. | Periodical calibration
  If the sample gas flow is determined by differential flow measurement the flow meter or the flow measurement instrumentation shall be calibrated by one of the following procedures, such that the probe flow GSE into the tunnel fulfils the accuracy requirements of Appendix I section 2.4:
  The flow meter for GDILW is connected in series to the flow meter for GTOTW
  , the difference between the two flow meters is calibrated for at least five set points with flow values equally spaced between the lowest GDILW value used during the test and the value of GTOTW
  used during the test The dilution tunnel may be bypassed.
  A calibrated mass flow device is connected in series to the flowmeter for GTOTW
  and the accuracy is checked for the value used for the test. Then the calibrated mass flow device is connected in series to the flow meter for GDILW, and the accuracy is checked for at least five settings corresponding to the dilution ratio between 3 and 50, relative to GTOTW
  used during the test.
  The transfer tube TT is disconnected from the exhaust, and a calibrated flow measuring device with a suitable range to measure GSE is connected to the transfer tube. Then GTOTW
  is set to the value used during the test, and GDILW is sequentially set to at least five values corresponding to dilution ratios q between 3 and 50. Alternatively, a special calibration flow path may be provided, in which the tunnel is bypassed, but the total and dilution air flow through the corresponding meters are maintained as in the actual test.
  A tracer gas is fed into the transfer tube TT. This tracer gas may be a component of the exhaust gas, like CO2 or NOx. After dilution in the tunnel the tracer gas component is measured. This shall be carried out for five dilution ratios between 3 and 50. The accuracy of the sample flow is determined from the dilution ration q:
  GSE = GTOTW
  /q

  The accuracies of the gas analysers shall be taken into account to guarantee the accuracy of GSE |
| --- | --- |

2.6.1.

Periodical calibration

If the sample gas flow is determined by differential flow measurement the flow meter or the flow measurement instrumentation shall be calibrated by one of the following procedures, such that the probe flow GSE into the tunnel fulfils the accuracy requirements of Appendix I section 2.4:

SE

The flow meter for GDILW is connected in series to the flow meter for GTOTW
  , the difference between the two flow meters is calibrated for at least five set points with flow values equally spaced between the lowest GDILW value used during the test and the value of GTOTW
  used during the test The dilution tunnel may be bypassed.

DILW

GTOTW

DILW

GTOTW

A calibrated mass flow device is connected in series to the flowmeter for GTOTW
  and the accuracy is checked for the value used for the test. Then the calibrated mass flow device is connected in series to the flow meter for GDILW, and the accuracy is checked for at least five settings corresponding to the dilution ratio between 3 and 50, relative to GTOTW
  used during the test.

GTOTW

DILW

GTOTW

The transfer tube TT is disconnected from the exhaust, and a calibrated flow measuring device with a suitable range to measure GSE is connected to the transfer tube. Then GTOTW
  is set to the value used during the test, and GDILW is sequentially set to at least five values corresponding to dilution ratios q between 3 and 50. Alternatively, a special calibration flow path may be provided, in which the tunnel is bypassed, but the total and dilution air flow through the corresponding meters are maintained as in the actual test.

SE

GTOTW

DILW

A tracer gas is fed into the transfer tube TT. This tracer gas may be a component of the exhaust gas, like CO2 or NOx. After dilution in the tunnel the tracer gas component is measured. This shall be carried out for five dilution ratios between 3 and 50. The accuracy of the sample flow is determined from the dilution ration q:

2

q

GSE = GTOTW
  /q

SE

GTOTW

q

The accuracies of the gas analysers shall be taken into account to guarantee the accuracy of GSE

SE

| 2.6.2. | Carbon flow check
  A carbon flow check using actual exhaust is strongly recommended for detecting measurement and control problems and verifying the proper operation of the partial flow dilution system. The carbon flow check should be run at least each time a new engine is installed, or something significant is changed in the test cell configuration.
  The engine shall be operated at peak torque load and speed or any other steady-state mode that produces 5 % or more of CO2. The partial flow sampling system shall be operated with a dilution factor of about 15 to 1. |
| --- | --- |

2.6.2.

Carbon flow check

A carbon flow check using actual exhaust is strongly recommended for detecting measurement and control problems and verifying the proper operation of the partial flow dilution system. The carbon flow check should be run at least each time a new engine is installed, or something significant is changed in the test cell configuration.

The engine shall be operated at peak torque load and speed or any other steady-state mode that produces 5 % or more of CO2. The partial flow sampling system shall be operated with a dilution factor of about 15 to 1.

2

| 2.6.3. | Pre-test check
  A pre-test check shall be performed within two hours before the test run in the following way:
  The accuracy of the flow meters shall be checked by the same method as used for calibration for at least two points, including flow values of GDILW that correspond to dilution ratios between five and 15 for the GTOTW
  value used during the test.
  If it can be demonstrated by records of the calibration procedure described above that the flow meter calibration is stable over a longer period of time, the pre-test check may be omitted. |
| --- | --- |

2.6.3.

Pre-test check

A pre-test check shall be performed within two hours before the test run in the following way:

The accuracy of the flow meters shall be checked by the same method as used for calibration for at least two points, including flow values of GDILW that correspond to dilution ratios between five and 15 for the GTOTW
  value used during the test.

DILW

GTOTW

If it can be demonstrated by records of the calibration procedure described above that the flow meter calibration is stable over a longer period of time, the pre-test check may be omitted.

| 2.6.4. | Determination of the transformation time
  The system settings for the transformation time evaluation shall be exactly the same as during measurement of the test run. The transformation time shall be determined by the following method:
  An independent reference flowmeter with a measurement range appropriate for the probe flow shall be put in series with and closely coupled to the probe. This flow meter shall have a transformation time of less than 100 ms for the flow step size used in the response time measurement, with flow restriction sufficiently low not to affect the dynamic performance of the partial flow dilution system, and consistent with good engineering practice.
  A step change shall be introduced to the exhaust flow (or air flow if exhaust flow is calculated) input of the partial flow dilution system, from a low flow to at least 90 % of full scale. The trigger for the step change should be the same one as that used to start the look-ahead control in actual testing. The exhaust flow step stimulus and the flowmeter response shall be recorded at a sample rate of at least 10 Hz.
  From this data, the transformation time shall be determined for the partial flow dilution system, which is the time from the initiation of the step stimulus to the 50 % point of the flowmeter response. In a similar manner, the transformation times of the GSE signal of the partial flow dilution system and of the GEXHW
  signal of the exhaust flow meter shall be determined. These signals are used in the regression checks performed after each test (Appendix I section 2.4).
  The calculation shall be repeated for at least five rise-and-fall stimuli, and the results shall be averaged. The internal transformation time (<100 ms) of the reference flowmeter shall be subtracted from this value. This is the “look-ahead” value of the partial flow dilution system, which shall be applied in accordance with Appendix I section 2.4.’; |
| --- | --- |

2.6.4.

Determination of the transformation time

The system settings for the transformation time evaluation shall be exactly the same as during measurement of the test run. The transformation time shall be determined by the following method:

An independent reference flowmeter with a measurement range appropriate for the probe flow shall be put in series with and closely coupled to the probe. This flow meter shall have a transformation time of less than 100 ms for the flow step size used in the response time measurement, with flow restriction sufficiently low not to affect the dynamic performance of the partial flow dilution system, and consistent with good engineering practice.

A step change shall be introduced to the exhaust flow (or air flow if exhaust flow is calculated) input of the partial flow dilution system, from a low flow to at least 90 % of full scale. The trigger for the step change should be the same one as that used to start the look-ahead control in actual testing. The exhaust flow step stimulus and the flowmeter response shall be recorded at a sample rate of at least 10 Hz.

From this data, the transformation time shall be determined for the partial flow dilution system, which is the time from the initiation of the step stimulus to the 50 % point of the flowmeter response. In a similar manner, the transformation times of the GSE signal of the partial flow dilution system and of the GEXHW
  signal of the exhaust flow meter shall be determined. These signals are used in the regression checks performed after each test (Appendix I section 2.4).

SE

GEXHW

The calculation shall be repeated for at least five rise-and-fall stimuli, and the results shall be averaged. The internal transformation time (<100 ms) of the reference flowmeter shall be subtracted from this value. This is the “look-ahead” value of the partial flow dilution system, which shall be applied in accordance with Appendix I section 2.4.’;

| 7. | the following section is added:
  ‘3.   CALIBRATION OF THE CVS SYSTEM
  3.1.   General
  The CVS system shall be calibrated by using an accurate flowmeter and means to change operating conditions.
  The flow through the system shall be measured at different flow operating settings, and the control parameters of the system shall be measured and related to the flow.
  Various type of flowmeters may be used, e.g. calibrated venturi, calibrated laminar flowmeter, calibrated turbine meter.
  3.2.   Calibration of the positive displacement pump (PDP)
  All the parameters related to the pump shall be simultaneously measured along with the parameters related to a calibration venturi which is connected in series with the pump. The calculated flow rate (in m3/min at pump inlet, absolute pressure and temperature) shall be plotted against a correlation function which is the value of a specific combination of pump parameters. The linear equation which relates the pump flow and the correlation function shall be determined. If a CVS has a multiple speed drive, the calibration shall be performed for each range used.
  Temperature stability shall be maintained during calibration.
  Leaks in all the connections and ducting between the calibration venturi and the CVS pump shall be maintained lower than 0,3 % of the lowest flow point (highest restriction and lowest PDP speed point).
  3.2.1.   Data analysis
  The air flowrate (Qs) at each restriction setting (minimum 6 settings) shall be calculated in standard m3/min from the flowmeter data using the manufacturer's prescribed method. The air flow rate shall then be converted to pump flow (V0) in m3/rev at absolute pump inlet temperature and pressure as follows





  where,







  Qs | = | air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| T | = | temperature at pump inlet (K) |
| pA | = | absolute pressure at pump inlet (pB- p1) (kPa) |
| n | = | pump speed (rev/s) |

7.

the following section is added:

‘3.   CALIBRATION OF THE CVS SYSTEM

3.1.   General

The CVS system shall be calibrated by using an accurate flowmeter and means to change operating conditions.

The flow through the system shall be measured at different flow operating settings, and the control parameters of the system shall be measured and related to the flow.

Various type of flowmeters may be used, e.g. calibrated venturi, calibrated laminar flowmeter, calibrated turbine meter.

3.2.   Calibration of the positive displacement pump (PDP)

All the parameters related to the pump shall be simultaneously measured along with the parameters related to a calibration venturi which is connected in series with the pump. The calculated flow rate (in m3/min at pump inlet, absolute pressure and temperature) shall be plotted against a correlation function which is the value of a specific combination of pump parameters. The linear equation which relates the pump flow and the correlation function shall be determined. If a CVS has a multiple speed drive, the calibration shall be performed for each range used.

3

Temperature stability shall be maintained during calibration.

Leaks in all the connections and ducting between the calibration venturi and the CVS pump shall be maintained lower than 0,3 % of the lowest flow point (highest restriction and lowest PDP speed point).

3.2.1.   Data analysis

The air flowrate (Qs) at each restriction setting (minimum 6 settings) shall be calculated in standard m3/min from the flowmeter data using the manufacturer's prescribed method. The air flow rate shall then be converted to pump flow (V0) in m3/rev at absolute pump inlet temperature and pressure as follows

s

3

0

3

Image 20

where,

Qs

s

=

air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s)

3

T

=

temperature at pump inlet (K)

pA

A

=

absolute pressure at pump inlet (pB- p1) (kPa)

B

1

n

=

pump speed (rev/s)

To account for the interaction of pressure variations at the pump and the pump slip rate, the correlation function (X0) between pump speed, pressure differential from pump inlet to pump outlet and absolute pump outlet pressure shall be calculated as follows:

0

Image 21

where,

| pA | = | absolute outlet pressure at pump outlet (kPa) |
| --- | --- | --- |

pA

A

=

absolute outlet pressure at pump outlet (kPa)

A linear least-square fit shall be performed to generate the calibration equation as follows:

Image 23

D0 and m are the intercept and slope constants, respectively, describing the regression lines.

0

For a CVS system with multiple speeds, the calibration curves generated for the different pump flow ranges shall be approximately parallel, and the intercept values (D0) shall increase as the pump flow range decreases.

0

The values calculated by the equation shall be within ± 0,5 % of the measured value of V0. Values of m will vary from one pump to another. Particulate influx over time will cause the pump slip to decrease, as reflected by lower values for m. Therefore, calibration shall be performed at pump start-up, after major maintenance, and if the total system verification (section 3.5) indicates a change in the slip rate.

0

3.3.   Calibration of the critical flow venturi (CFV)

Calibration of the CFV is based upon the flow equation for a critical venturi. Gas flow is a function of inlet pressure and temperature, as shown below:

Image 24

where,

| Kv | = | calibration coefficient |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pA | = | absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa) |
| T | = | temperature at venturi inlet (K) |

Kv

v

=

calibration coefficient

pA

A

=

absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa)

T

=

temperature at venturi inlet (K)

3.3.1.   Data analysis

The air flow rate (Qs) at each restriction setting (minimum 8 settings) shall be calculated in standard m3/min from the flowmeter data using the manufacturer's prescribed method. The calibration coefficient shall be calculated from the calibration data for each setting as follows:

s

3

Image 25

where,

| Qs | = | air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| T | = | temperature at the venturi inlet (K) |
| pA | = | absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa) |

Qs

s

=

air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s)

3

T

=

temperature at the venturi inlet (K)

pA

A

=

absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa)

To determine the range of critical flow, Kv shall be plotted as a function of venturi inlet pressure. For critical (choked) flow, Kv will have a relatively constant value. As pressure decreases (vacuum increases), the venturi becomes unchoked and Kv decreases, which indicates that the CFV is operated outside the permissible range.

v

v

v

For a minimum of eight points in the region of critical flow, the average KV and the standard deviation shall be calculated. The standard deviation shall not exceed ± 0,3 % of the average KV

V

V

3.4.   Calibration of the subsonic venturi (SSV)

Calibration of the SSV is based upon the flow equation for a subsonic venturi. Gas flow is a function of inlet pressure and temperature, pressure drop between the SSV inlet and throat, as shown below:

Image 26

where,

| A0 | = | collection of constants and units conversions |
| --- | --- | --- |
| d | = | diameter of the SSV throat (m) |
| Cd | = | discharge coefficient of the SSV |
| PA | = | absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa) |
| T | = | temperature at the venturi inlet (K) |

A0

0

=

collection of constants and units conversions

Image 27

d

=

diameter of the SSV throat (m)

Cd

d

=

discharge coefficient of the SSV

PA

A

=

absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa)

T

=

temperature at the venturi inlet (K)

Image 28

3.4.1.   Data analysis

The air flow rate (QSSV) at each flow setting (minimum 16 settings) shall be calculated in standard m3/min from the flowmeter data using the manufacturer's prescribed method. The discharge coefficient shall be calculated from the calibration data for each setting as follows:

SSV

3

Image 29

where,

| QSSV | = | air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K), m3/s |
| --- | --- | --- |
| T | = | temperature at the venturi inlet, K |
| d | = | diameter of the SSV throat, m |

QSSV

SSV

=

air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K), m3/s

3

T

=

temperature at the venturi inlet, K

d

=

diameter of the SSV throat, m

Image 30

To determine the range of subsonic flow, Cd shall be plotted as a function of Reynolds number, at the SSV throat. The Re at the SSV throat is calculated with the following formula:

d

Image 31

where,

| A1 | = | a collection of constants and units conversions |
| --- | --- | --- |

A1

1

=

a collection of constants and units conversions

Image 32

| QSSV | = | air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| d | = | diameter of the SSV throat (m) |
| μ | = | absolute or dynamic viscosity of the gas, calculated with the following formula: |

QSSV

SSV

=

air flow rate at standard conditions (101,3 kPa, 273 K) (m3/s)

3

d

=

diameter of the SSV throat (m)

μ

=

absolute or dynamic viscosity of the gas, calculated with the following formula:

Image 33

where:

Image 34

Because QSSV is an input to the Re formula, the calculations must be started with an initial guess for QSSV or Cd of the calibration venturi, and repeated until QSSV converges. The convergence method must be accurate to 0,1 % or better.

SSV

SSV

d

SSV

For a minimum of sixteen points in the subsonic flow region, the calculated values of Cd from the resulting calibration curve fit equation must be within ± 0,5 % of the measured Cd for each calibration point.

d

d

3.5.   Total system verification

The total accuracy of the CVS sampling system and analytical system shall be determined by introducing a known mass of a pollutant gas into the system while it is being operated in the normal manner. The pollutant is analysed, and the mass calculated according to Annex III, Appendix 3, section 2.4.1 except in the case of propane where a factor of 0,000472 is used in place of 0,000479 for HC. Either of the following two techniques shall be used.

3.5.1.   Metering with a critical flow orifice

A known quantity of pure gas (propane) shall be fed into the CVS system through a calibrated critical orifice. If the inlet pressure is high enough, the flow rate, which is adjusted by means of the critical flow orifice, is independent of the orifice outlet pressure (critical flow). The CVS system shall be operated as in a normal exhaust emission test for about five to 10 minutes. A gas sample shall be analysed with the usual equipment (sampling bag or integrating method), and the mass of the gas calculated. The mass so determined shall be within ± 3 % of the known mass of the gas injected.

3.5.2.   Metering by means of a gravimetric technique

The weight of a small cylinder filled with propane shall be determined with a precision of ± 0,01 g. For about five to 10 minutes, the CVS system shall be operated as in a normal exhaust emission test, while carbon monoxide or propane is injected into the system. The quantity of pure gas discharged shall be determined by means of differential weighing. A gas sample shall be analysed with the usual equipment (sampling bag or integrating method), and the mass of the gas calculated. The mass so determined shall be within ± 3 % of the known mass of the gas injected.’

| 8. | Appendix 3 is amended as follows:






  (a) | The following title for this Appendix is inserted: ‘DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS’ |
| --- | --- | --- |

8.

Appendix 3 is amended as follows:

(a)

The following title for this Appendix is inserted: ‘DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS’

| (b) | the title of section 1 shall read ‘DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS — NRSC TEST’ |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the title of section 1 shall read ‘DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS — NRSC TEST’

| (c) | section 1.2. is replaced by the following:






  ‘1.2. | Particulate emissions
  For the evaluation of the particulates, the total sample masses (MSAM, i) through the filters shall be recorded for each mode. The filters shall be returned to the weighing chamber and conditioned for at least one hour, but not more than 80 hours, and then weighed. The gross weight of the filters shall be recorded and the tare weight (see section 3.1, Annex III) subtracted. The particulate mass (Mf for single filter method; Mf, i for the multiple filter method) is the sum of the particulate masses collected on the primary and back-up filters. If background correction is to be applied, the dilution air mass (MDIL) through the filters and the particulate mass (Md) shall be recorded. If more than one measurement was made, the quotient Md/MDIL must be calculated for each single measurement and the values averaged.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

section 1.2. is replaced by the following:

‘1.2.

Particulate emissions

For the evaluation of the particulates, the total sample masses (MSAM, i) through the filters shall be recorded for each mode. The filters shall be returned to the weighing chamber and conditioned for at least one hour, but not more than 80 hours, and then weighed. The gross weight of the filters shall be recorded and the tare weight (see section 3.1, Annex III) subtracted. The particulate mass (Mf for single filter method; Mf, i for the multiple filter method) is the sum of the particulate masses collected on the primary and back-up filters. If background correction is to be applied, the dilution air mass (MDIL) through the filters and the particulate mass (Md) shall be recorded. If more than one measurement was made, the quotient Md/MDIL must be calculated for each single measurement and the values averaged.’;

| (d) | section 1.3.1. is replaced by the following:






  ‘1.3.1. | Determination of the exhaust gas flow
  The exhaust gas flow rate (GEXHW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, sections 1.2.1. to 1.2.3.
  When using a full flow dilution system, the total dilute exhaust gas flow rate (GTOTW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, section 1.2.4.’; |
| --- | --- | --- |

(d)

section 1.3.1. is replaced by the following:

‘1.3.1.

Determination of the exhaust gas flow

The exhaust gas flow rate (GEXHW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, sections 1.2.1. to 1.2.3.

EXHW

When using a full flow dilution system, the total dilute exhaust gas flow rate (GTOTW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, section 1.2.4.’;

TOTW

| (e) | sections 1.3.2. to 1.4.6. are replaced by the following:
  ‘1.3.2.   Dry/wet correction
  Dry/wet correction (GEXHW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, sections 1.2.1. to 1.2.3.
  When applying GEXHW the measured concentration shall be converted to a wet basis according to the following formulae, if not already measured on a wet basis:
  conc (wet) = kw × conc (dry)
  For the raw exhaust gas:





  For the diluted gas:





  or:





  For the dilution air:





  For the intake air (if different from the dilution air):





  where:







  Ha | : | absolute humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Hd | : | absolute humidity of the dilution air (g water per kg dry air) |
| Rd | : | relative humidity of the dilution air ( %) |
| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| pd | : | saturation vapour pressure of the dilution air (kPa) |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa). |

(e)

sections 1.3.2. to 1.4.6. are replaced by the following:

‘1.3.2.   Dry/wet correction

Dry/wet correction (GEXHW,) shall be determined for each mode according to Annex III, Appendix 1, sections 1.2.1. to 1.2.3.

EXHW

When applying GEXHW the measured concentration shall be converted to a wet basis according to the following formulae, if not already measured on a wet basis:

EXHW

conc (wet) = kw × conc (dry)

w

For the raw exhaust gas:

Image 35

For the diluted gas:

Image 36

or:

Image 37

For the dilution air:

Image 38

For the intake air (if different from the dilution air):

Image 39

where:

Ha

a

:

absolute humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air)

Hd

d

:

absolute humidity of the dilution air (g water per kg dry air)

Rd

d

:

relative humidity of the dilution air ( %)

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pd

d

:

saturation vapour pressure of the dilution air (kPa)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa).

Note:

  H
  a and H
  d may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

H

d

1.3.3.   Humidity correction for NOx

As the NOx emission depends on ambient air conditions, the NOx concentration shall be corrected for ambient air temperature and humidity by the factors KH given in the following formula:

x

H

Image 40

where:

| Ta | : | temperatures of the air in (K) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Ha | : | humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air): |

Ta

Ta

:

temperatures of the air in (K)

Ha

:

humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air):

Image 41

where:

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa). |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa).

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

1.3.4.   Calculation of emission mass flow rates

The emission mass flow rates for each mode shall be calculated as follows:

| (a) | For the raw exhaust gas (11):
  Gasmass = u × conc × GEXHW |
| --- | --- |

(a)

For the raw exhaust gas (11):

11

Gasmass = u × conc × GEXHW

mass

EXHW

| (b) | For the dilute exhaust gas (11):
  Gasmass = u × concc × GTOTW |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the dilute exhaust gas (11):

11

Gasmass = u × concc × GTOTW

mass

c

TOTW

where:

concc is the background corrected concentration

c

Image 42

or:

DF=13,4/concCO2

2

The coefficients u - wet shall be used according to Table 4:

Table 4:

Values of the coefficients u - wet for various exhaust components

| Gas | u | conc |
| --- | --- | --- |
| NOx | 0,001587 | ppm |
| CO | 0,000966 | ppm |
| HC | 0,000479 | ppm |
| CO2 | 15,19 | percent |

Gas

u

conc

NOx

x

0,001587

ppm

CO

0,000966

ppm

HC

0,000479

ppm

CO2

2

15,19

percent

The density of HC is based upon an average carbon to hydrogen ratio of 1:1,85.

1.3.5.   Calculation of the specific emissions

The specific emission (g/kWh) shall be calculated for all individual components in the following way:

Image 43

where Pi = Pm, i + PAE, i.

i

m, i

AE, i

The weighting factors and the number of modes (n) used in the above calculation are according to Annex III, section 3.7.1.

1.4.   Calculation of the particulate emission

The particulate emission shall be calculated in the following way:

1.4.1.   Humidity correction factor for particulates

As the particulate emission of diesel engines depends on ambient air conditions, the particulate mass flow rate shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factor Kp given in the following formula:

p

Image 44

where:

| Ha | : | humidity of the intake air, gram of water per kg dry air |
| --- | --- | --- |

Ha

a

:

humidity of the intake air, gram of water per kg dry air

Image 45

where:

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae

Note:

H

a

1.4.2.   Partial flow dilution system

The final reported test results of the particulate emission shall be derived through the following steps. Since various types of dilution rate control may be used, different calculation methods for equivalent diluted exhaust gas mass flow rate GEDF apply. All calculations shall be based upon the average values of the individual modes (i) during the sampling period.

EDF

1.4.2.1.   Isokinetic systems

GEDFW, i = GEXHW, i × qi

EDFW, i

EXHW, i

i

Image 46

where r corresponds to the ratio of the cross sectional areas of the isokinetic probe Ap and exhaust pipe AT:

p

T

Image 47

1.4.2.2.   Systems with measurement of CO2 or NOx concentration

2

x

GEDFW, i = GEXHW, i × qi

EDFW, i

EXHW, i

i

Image 48

where:

| ConcE | = | wet concentration of the tracer gas in raw exhaust |
| --- | --- | --- |
| ConcD | = | wet concentration of the tracer gas in the diluted exhaust |
| ConcA | = | wet concentration of the tracer gas in the dilution air |

ConcE

E

=

wet concentration of the tracer gas in raw exhaust

ConcD

D

=

wet concentration of the tracer gas in the diluted exhaust

ConcA

A

=

wet concentration of the tracer gas in the dilution air

Concentrations measured on a dry basis shall be converted to a wet basis according to section 1.3.2.

1.4.2.3.   Systems with CO2 measurement and carbon balance method

Image 49

where:

| CO2D | = | CO2 concentration of the diluted exhaust |
| --- | --- | --- |
| CO2A | = | CO2 concentration of the dilution air |

CO2D

2D

=

CO2 concentration of the diluted exhaust

2

CO2A

2A

=

CO2 concentration of the dilution air

2

(concentrations in volume % on wet basis)

This equation is based upon the carbon balance assumption (carbon atoms supplied to the engine are emitted as CO2) and derived through the following steps:

2

GEDFW, i = GEXHW, i × qi

EDFW, i

EXHW, i

i

and:

Image 50

1.4.2.4.   Systems with flow measurement

GEDFW, i = GEXHW, i × qi

EDFW, i

EXHW, i

i

Image 51

1.4.3.   Full flow dilution system

The final reported test results of the particulate emission shall be derived through the following steps.

All calculations shall be based upon the average values of the individual modes (i) during the sampling period.

GEDFW, i = GTOTW, i

EDFW, i

TOTW, i

1.4.4.   Calculation of the particulate mass flow rate

The particulate mass flow rate shall be calculated as follows:

For the single filter method:

Image 52

where:

(GEDFW)aver over the test cycle shall be determined by summation of the average values of the individual modes during the sampling period:

EDFW

aver

Image 53

where i = 1, . . . n

For the multiple filter method:

Image 54

where i = 1, . . . n

The particulate mass flow rate may be background corrected as follows:

For single filter method:

Image 55

If more than one measurement is made, (Md/MDIL) shall be replaced with (Md/MDIL)aver

d

DIL

d

DIL

aver

Image 56

or:

DF=13,4/concCO2

2

For multiple filter method:

Image 57

If more than one measurement is made, (Md/MDIL) shall be replaced with (Md/MDIL)aver

d

DIL

d

DIL

aver

Image 58

or:

DF= 13,4/concCO2

2

1.4.5.   Calculation of the specific emissions

The specific emission of particulates PT (g/kWh) shall be calculated in the following way (12):

12

For the single filter method:

Image 59

For the multiple filter method:

Image 60

1.4.6.   Effective weighting factor

For the single filter method, the effective weighting factor WFE, i for each mode shall be calculated in the following way:

E, i

Image 61

where i = l, . . . n.

The value of the effective weighting factors shall be within ± 0,005 (absolute value) of the weighting factors listed in Annex III, section 3.7.1.

(11)  In the case of NOx, the NOx concentration (NOxconc or NOxconcc) has to be multiplied by KHNOx (humidity correction factor for NOx quoted in section 1.3.3) as follows: KHNOx x conc or KHNOx x concc
  "

11

x

x

x

x

c

HNOx

x

HNOx

HNOx

c

(11)  In the case of NOx, the NOx concentration (NOxconc or NOxconcc) has to be multiplied by KHNOx (humidity correction factor for NOx quoted in section 1.3.3) as follows: KHNOx x conc or KHNOx x concc
  "

11

x

x

x

x

c

HNOx

x

HNOx

HNOx

c

(12)  The particulate mass flow rate PTmass has to be multiplied by Kp (humidity correction factor for particulates quoted in section 1.4.1).’;"

12

mass

| (f) | the following section is inserted:
  ‘2.   DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS (NRTC TEST)
  The two following measurement principles that can be used for the evaluation of pollutant emissions over the NRTC cycle are described in this section:






  — | the gaseous components are measured in the raw exhaust gas on a real-time basis, and the particulates are determined using a partial flow dilution system, |
| --- | --- | --- |

(f)

the following section is inserted:

‘2.   DATA EVALUATION AND CALCULATIONS (NRTC TEST)

The two following measurement principles that can be used for the evaluation of pollutant emissions over the NRTC cycle are described in this section:

—

the gaseous components are measured in the raw exhaust gas on a real-time basis, and the particulates are determined using a partial flow dilution system,

| — | the gaseous components and the particulates are determined using a full flow dilution system (CVS system). |
| --- | --- |

—

the gaseous components and the particulates are determined using a full flow dilution system (CVS system).

2.1.   Calculation of gaseous emissions in the raw exhaust gas and of the particulate emissions with a partial flow dilution system

2.1.1.   Introduction

The instantaneous concentration signals of the gaseous components are used for the calculation of the mass emissions by multiplication with the instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate. The exhaust mass flow rate may be measured directly, or calculated using the methods described in Annex III, Appendix 1, section 2.2.3. (intake air and fuel flow measurement, tracer method, intake air and air/fuel ratio measurement). Special attention shall be paid to the response times of the different instruments. These differences shall be accounted for by time aligning the signals.

For particulates, the exhaust mass flow rate signals are used for controlling the partial flow dilution system to take a sample proportional to the exhaust mass flow rate. The quality of proportionality is checked by applying a regression analysis between sample and exhaust flow as described in Annex III, Appendix 1, section 2.4.

2.1.2.   Determination of the gaseous components

2.1.2.1.   Calculation of mass emission

The mass of the pollutants Mgas
  (g/test) shall be determined by calculating the instantaneous mass emissions from the raw concentrations of the pollutants, the u values from Table 4 (see also Section 1.3.4) and the exhaust mass flow, aligned for the transformation time and integrating the instantaneous values over the cycle. Preferably, the concentrations should be measured on a wet basis. If measured on a dry basis, the dry/wet correction as described here below shall be applied to the instantaneous concentration values before any further calculation is done.

Mgas

Table 4:   Values of the coefficients u — wet for various exhaust components

| Gas | u | conc |
| --- | --- | --- |
| NOx | 0,001587 | ppm |
| CO | 0,000966 | ppm |
| HC | 0,000479 | ppm |
| CO2 | 15,19 | percent |

Gas

u

conc

NOx

x

0,001587

ppm

CO

0,000966

ppm

HC

0,000479

ppm

CO2

2

15,19

percent

The density of HC is based upon an average carbon to hydrogen ratio of 1:1,85.

The following formula shall be applied:

Image 62

where

| u | = | ratio between density of exhaust component and density of exhaust gas |
| --- | --- | --- |
| conc
  i | = | instantaneous concentration of the respective component in the raw exhaust gas (ppm) |
| GEXHW, i | = | instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s) |
| f | = | data sampling rate (Hz) |
| n | = | number of measurements |

u

u

=

ratio between density of exhaust component and density of exhaust gas

conc
  i

conc

i

=

instantaneous concentration of the respective component in the raw exhaust gas (ppm)

GEXHW, i

GEXHW, i

=

instantaneous exhaust mass flow (kg/s)

f

f

=

data sampling rate (Hz)

n

n

=

number of measurements

For the calculation of NOx, the humidity correction factor k
  H, as described here below, shall be used.

x

k

H

The instantaneously measured concentration shall be converted to a wet basis as described here below, if not already measured on a wet basis

2.1.2.2.   Dry/wet correction

If the instantaneously measured concentration is measured on a dry basis, it shall be converted to a wet basis according to the following formulae:

conc
  wet = k
  W x conc
  dry

conc

wet

k

W

conc

dry

where

Image 63

with

Image 64

where

| conc
  CO2 | = | dry CO2 concentration ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| conc
  CO | = | dry CO concentration ( %) |
| H
  a | = | intake air humidity, (g water per kg dry air) |

conc
  CO2

conc

CO2

=

dry CO2 concentration ( %)

2

conc
  CO

conc

CO

=

dry CO concentration ( %)

H
  a

H

a

=

intake air humidity, (g water per kg dry air)

Image 65

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

2.1.2.3.   NOx correction for humidity and temperature

As the NOx emission depends on ambient air conditions, the NOx concentration shall be corrected for humidity and ambient air temperature with the factors given in the following formula:

x

x

Image 66

with:

| T
  a | = | temperature of the intake air, K |
| --- | --- | --- |
| H
  a | = | humidity of the intake air, g water per kg dry air |

T
  a

T

a

=

temperature of the intake air, K

H
  a

H

a

=

humidity of the intake air, g water per kg dry air

Image 67

where:

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

2.1.2.4.   Calculation of the specific emissions

The specific emissions (g/kWh) shall be calculated for each individual component in the following way:

Individual gas = Mgas
  /W
  act

Mgas

W

act

where:

| W
  act | = | actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- |

W
  act

W

act

=

actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh)

2.1.3.   Particulate determination

2.1.3.1.   Calculation of mass emission

The mass of particulates MPT
  (g/test) shall be calculated by either of the following methods:

MPT

| (a) | where








  M
  f | = | particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| MSAM | = | mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the particulate collection filters (kg) |
| M
  EDFW | = | mass of equivalent diluted exhaust gas over the cycle (kg) |

(a)

Image 68

where

M
  f

M

f

=

particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg)

MSAM

SAM

=

mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the particulate collection filters (kg)

M
  EDFW

M

EDFW

=

mass of equivalent diluted exhaust gas over the cycle (kg)

The total mass of equivalent diluted exhaust gas mass over the cycle shall be determined as follows:

Image 69

where

| GEDFW

  ,i | = | instantaneous equivalent diluted exhaust mass flow rate (kg/s) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| GEXHW

  ,i | = | instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate (kg/s) |
| q
  i | = | instantaneous dilution ratio |
| GTOTW

  ,I | = | instantaneous diluted exhaust mass flow rate through dilution tunnel (kg/s) |
| GDILW

  ,i | = | instantaneous dilution air mass flow rate (kg/s) |
| f | = | data sampling rate (Hz) |
| n | = | number of measurements |

GEDFW

  ,i

GEDFW

,i

=

instantaneous equivalent diluted exhaust mass flow rate (kg/s)

GEXHW

  ,i

GEXHW

,i

=

instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate (kg/s)

q
  i

q

i

=

instantaneous dilution ratio

GTOTW

  ,I

GTOTW

,I

=

instantaneous diluted exhaust mass flow rate through dilution tunnel (kg/s)

GDILW

  ,i

GDILW

,i

=

instantaneous dilution air mass flow rate (kg/s)

f

f

=

data sampling rate (Hz)

n

n

=

number of measurements

| (b) | where








  M
  f | = | particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| r
  s | = | average sample ratio over the test cycle |

(b)

Image 70

where

M
  f

M

f

=

particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg)

r
  s

r

s

=

average sample ratio over the test cycle

where

Image 71

| MSE | = | sampled exhaust mass over the cycle (kg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| MEXHW | = | total exhaust mass flow over the cycle (kg) |
| MSAM | = | mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the particulate collection filters (kg) |
| MTOTW | = | mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the dilution tunnel (kg) |

MSE

SE

=

sampled exhaust mass over the cycle (kg)

MEXHW

EXHW

=

total exhaust mass flow over the cycle (kg)

MSAM

MSAM

=

mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the particulate collection filters (kg)

MTOTW

MTOTW

=

mass of diluted exhaust gas passing the dilution tunnel (kg)

Note: In case of the total sampling type system, MSAM
  and MTOTW
  are identical.

Note:

MSAM

MTOTW

.

2.1.3.2.   Particulate correction factor for humidity

As the particulate emission of diesel engines depends on ambient air conditions, the particulate concentration shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factor Kp given in the following formula.

Image 72

where

| Ha | = | humidity of the intake air in g water per kg dry air |
| --- | --- | --- |

Ha

a

=

humidity of the intake air in g water per kg dry air

Image 73

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note: Ha may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

a

2.1.3.3.   Calculation of the specific emissions

The particulate emission (g/kWh) shall be calculated in the following way:

Image 74

where

| W
  act | = | actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2(kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- |

W
  act

W

act

=

actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2(kWh)

2.2.   Determination of gaseous and particulate components with a full flow dilution system

For calculation of the emissions in the diluted exhaust gas, it is necessary to know the diluted exhaust gas mass flow rate. The total diluted exhaust gas flow over the cycle MTOTW
  (kg/test) shall be calculated from the measurement values over the cycle and the corresponding calibration data of the flow measurement device (V
  0 for PDP, K
  V for CFV, C
  d for SSV): the corresponding methods described in section 2.2.1. may be used. If the total sample mass of particulates (MSAM
  ) and gaseous pollutants exceeds 0,5 % of the total CVS flow (MTOTW
  ), the CVS flow shall be corrected for MSAM
  or the particulate sample flow shall be returned to the CVS prior to the flow measuring device.

MTOTW

V

0

K

V

C

d

MSAM

MTOTW

MSAM

2.2.1.   Determination of the diluted exhaust gas flow

PDP-CVS system

The calculation of the mass flow over the cycle, if the temperature of the diluted exhaust is kept within ± 6 K over the cycle by using a heat exchanger, is as follows:

MTOTW
  = 1,293 x V0 x NP x (pB - p1) x273/(101,3 x T)

MTOTW

0

P

B

1

where

| MTOTW | = | mass of the diluted exhaust gas on wet basis over the cycle |
| --- | --- | --- |
| V0 | = | volume of gas pumped per revolution under test conditions (m3/rev) |
| NP | = | total revolutions of pump per test |
| pB | = | atmospheric pressure in the test cell (kPa) |
| p1 | = | pressure drop below atmospheric at the pump inlet (kPa) |
| T | = | average temperature of the diluted exhaust gas at pump inlet over thecycle (K) |

MTOTW

MTOTW

=

mass of the diluted exhaust gas on wet basis over the cycle

V0

0

=

volume of gas pumped per revolution under test conditions (m3/rev)

3

NP

P

=

total revolutions of pump per test

pB

B

=

atmospheric pressure in the test cell (kPa)

p1

1

=

pressure drop below atmospheric at the pump inlet (kPa)

T

=

average temperature of the diluted exhaust gas at pump inlet over thecycle (K)

If a system with flow compensation is used (i.e. without heat exchanger), the instantaneous mass emissions shall be calculated and integrated over the cycle. In this case, the instantaneous mass of the diluted exhaust gas shall be calculated as follows:

MTOTW

  ,i = 1,293 x V0 x NP, i x (pB - p1) x 273/(101,3 x T)

MTOTW

,i

0

P, i

B

1

where

| NP, i | = | total revolutions of pump per time interval |
| --- | --- | --- |

NP, i

P, i

=

total revolutions of pump per time interval

CFV-CVS system

The calculation of the mass flow over the cycle, if the temperature of the diluted exhaust gas is kept within ± 11 K over the cycle by using a heat exchanger, is as follows:

MTOTW
  = 1,293 x t x Kv x pA /T 0,5

MTOTW

v

A

0,5

where

| MTOTW | = | mass of the diluted exhaust gas on wet basis over the cycle |
| --- | --- | --- |
| t | = | cycle time (s) |
| KV | = | calibration coefficient of the critical flow venturi for standard conditions, |
| pA | = | absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa) |
| T | = | absolute temperature at venturi inlet (K) |

MTOTW

MTOTW

=

mass of the diluted exhaust gas on wet basis over the cycle

t

=

cycle time (s)

KV

V

=

calibration coefficient of the critical flow venturi for standard conditions,

pA

A

=

absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa)

T

=

absolute temperature at venturi inlet (K)

If a system with flow compensation is used (i.e. without heat exchanger), the instantaneous mass emissions shall be calculated and integrated over the cycle. In this case, the instantaneous mass of the diluted exhaust gas shall be calculated as follows:

MTOTW

  ,i = 1,293 x Δti x KV x pA /T 0,5

MTOTW

,i

i

V

A

0,5

where

| Δti | = | time interval(s) |
| --- | --- | --- |

Δti

i

=

time interval(s)

SSV-CVS system

The calculation of the mass flow over the cycle is as follows if the temperature of the diluted exhaust is kept within ± 11 K over the cycle by using a heat exchanger:

Image 75

where

Image 76

| A0 | = | collection of constants and units conversions = 0,006111 in SI units of |
| --- | --- | --- |
| d | = | diameter of the SSV throat (m) |
| Cd | = | discharge coefficient of the SSV |
| PA | = | absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa) |
| T | = | temperature at the venturi inlet (K) |

A0

0

=

collection of constants and units conversions = 0,006111 in SI units of

Image 77

d

=

diameter of the SSV throat (m)

Cd

d

=

discharge coefficient of the SSV

PA

A

=

absolute pressure at venturi inlet (kPa)

T

=

temperature at the venturi inlet (K)

Image 78

If a system with flow compensation is used (i.e. without heat exchanger), the instantaneous mass emissions shall be calculated and integrated over the cycle. In this case, the instantaneous mass of the diluted exhaust gas shall be calculated as follows:

Image 79

where

Image 80

| Δti | = | time interval (s) |
| --- | --- | --- |

Δti

i

=

time interval (s)

The real time calculation shall be initialised with either a reasonable value for Cd, such as 0.98, or a reasonable value of Qssv. If the calculation is initialised with Qssv, the initial value of Qssv shall be used to evaluate Re.

d

ssv

ssv

ssv

During all emissions tests, the Reynolds number at the SSV throat must be in the range of Reynolds numbers used to derive the calibration curve developed in Appendix 2 section 3.2.

2.2.2.   NOx correction for humidity

As the NOx emission depends on ambient air conditions, the NOx concentration shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factors given in the following formulae.

x

Image 81

where

| Ta | = | temperature of the air (K) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Ha | = | humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air) |

Ta

a

=

temperature of the air (K)

Ha

=

humidity of the intake air (g water per kg dry air)

in which,

Image 82

| Ra | = | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | = | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | = | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

=

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

=

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

=

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

2.2.3.   Calculation of the emission mass flow

2.2.3.1.   Systems with constant mass flow

For systems with heat exchanger, the mass of the pollutants MGAS (g/test) shall be determined from the following equation:

GAS

MGAS = u x conc x MTOTW

GAS

TOTW

where

| u | = | ratio between density of the exhaust component and density of diluted exhaust gas, as reported in Table 4, point 2.1.2.1 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| conc | = | average background corrected concentrations over the cycle from integration (mandatory for NOx and HC) or bag measurement (ppm) |
| MTOTW | = | total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle as determined in section 2.2.1 (kg) |

u

=

ratio between density of the exhaust component and density of diluted exhaust gas, as reported in Table 4, point 2.1.2.1

conc

=

average background corrected concentrations over the cycle from integration (mandatory for NOx and HC) or bag measurement (ppm)

x

MTOTW

TOTW

=

total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle as determined in section 2.2.1 (kg)

As the NOx emission depends on ambient air conditions, the NOx concentration shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factor k
  H, as described in section 2.2.2.

x

x

k

H

Concentrations measured on a dry basis shall be converted to a wet basis in accordance with section 1.3.2.

2.2.3.1.1.   Determination of the background corrected concentrations

The average background concentration of the gaseous pollutants in the dilution air shall be subtracted from measured concentrations to get the net concentrations of the pollutants. The average values of the background concentrations can be determined by the sample bag method or by continuous measurement with integration. The following formula shall be used.

conc = conce - concd x (1 - (1/DF))

e

d

where,

| conc | = | concentration of the respective pollutant in the diluted exhaust gas, corrected by the amount of the respective pollutant contained in the dilution air (ppm) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| conce | = | concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the diluted exhaust gas (ppm) |
| concd | = | concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the dilution air (ppm) |
| DF | = | dilution factor |

conc

=

concentration of the respective pollutant in the diluted exhaust gas, corrected by the amount of the respective pollutant contained in the dilution air (ppm)

conce

e

=

concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the diluted exhaust gas (ppm)

concd

d

=

concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the dilution air (ppm)

DF

=

dilution factor

The dilution factor shall be calculated as follows:

Image 83

2.2.3.2.   Systems with flow compensation

For systems without heat exchanger, the mass of the pollutants MGAS (g/test) shall be determined by calculating the instantaneous mass emissions and integrating the instantaneous values over the cycle. Also, the background correction shall be applied directly to the instantaneous concentration value. The following formulae shall be applied:

GAS

Image 84

where

| conce, i | = | instantaneous concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the diluted exhaust gas (ppm) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| concd | = | concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the dilution air (ppm) |
| u | = | ratio between density of the exhaust component and density of diluted exhaust gas, as reported in Table 4, point 2.1.2.1 |
| MTOTW, i | = | instantaneous mass of the diluted exhaust gas (section 2.2.1) (kg) |
| MTOTW | = | total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle (section 2.2.1) (kg) |
| DF | = | dilution factor as determined in point 2.2.3.1.1. |

conce, i

conce, i

=

instantaneous concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the diluted exhaust gas (ppm)

concd

concd

=

concentration of the respective pollutant measured in the dilution air (ppm)

u

u

=

ratio between density of the exhaust component and density of diluted exhaust gas, as reported in Table 4, point 2.1.2.1

MTOTW, i

MTOTW, i

=

instantaneous mass of the diluted exhaust gas (section 2.2.1) (kg)

MTOTW

MTOTW

=

total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle (section 2.2.1) (kg)

DF

DF

=

dilution factor as determined in point 2.2.3.1.1.

As the NOx emission depends on ambient air conditions, the NOx concentration shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factor k
  H, as described in section 2.2.2.

x

x

k

H

2.2.4.   Calculation of the specific emissions

The specific emissions (g/kWh) shall be calculated for each individual component in the following way:

Individual gas = Mgas
  /W
  act

Mgas

W

act

where

| W
  act | = | actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- |

W
  act

W

act

=

actual cycle work as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh)

2.2.5.   Calculation of the particulate emission

2.2.5.1.   Calculation of the mass flow

The particulate mass MPT (g/test) shall be calculated as follows:

PT

Image 85

| Mf | = | particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| MTOTW | = | total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle as determined in section 2.2.1 (kg) |
| MSAM | = | mass of diluted exhaust gas taken from the dilution tunnel for collecting particulates (kg) |

Mf

f

=

particulate mass sampled over the cycle (mg)

MTOTW

TOTW

=

total mass of diluted exhaust gas over the cycle as determined in section 2.2.1 (kg)

MSAM

SAM

=

mass of diluted exhaust gas taken from the dilution tunnel for collecting particulates (kg)

and,

| Mf | = | Mf, p + Mf, b, if weighed separately (mg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Mf, p | = | particulate mass collected on the primary filter (mg) |
| Mf, b | = | particulate mass collected on the back-up filter (mg) |

Mf

f

=

Mf, p + Mf, b, if weighed separately (mg)

f, p

f, b

Mf, p

f, p

=

particulate mass collected on the primary filter (mg)

Mf, b

f, b

=

particulate mass collected on the back-up filter (mg)

If a double dilution system is used, the mass of the secondary dilution air shall be subtracted from the total mass of the double diluted exhaust gas sampled through the particulate filters.

MSAM = MTOT - MSEC

SAM

TOT

SEC

where

| MTOT | = | mass of double diluted exhaust gas through particulate filter (kg) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| MSEC | = | mass of secondary dilution air (kg) |

MTOT

TOT

=

mass of double diluted exhaust gas through particulate filter (kg)

MSEC

SEC

=

mass of secondary dilution air (kg)

If the particulate background level of the dilution air is determined in accordance with Annex III, section 4.4.4, the particulate mass may be background corrected. In this case, the particulate mass (g/test) shall be calculated as follows:

Image 86

where

| Mf, MSAM, MTOTW | = | see above |
| --- | --- | --- |
| MDIL | = | mass of primary dilution air sampled by background particulate sampler (kg) |
| Md | = | mass of the collected background particulates of the primary dilution air (mg) |
| DF | = | dilution factor as determined in section 2.2.3.1.1 |

Mf, MSAM, MTOTW

f

SAM

TOTW

=

see above

MDIL

DIL

=

mass of primary dilution air sampled by background particulate sampler (kg)

Md

d

=

mass of the collected background particulates of the primary dilution air (mg)

DF

=

dilution factor as determined in section 2.2.3.1.1

2.2.5.2.   Particulate correction factor for humidity

As the particulate emission of diesel engines depends on ambient air conditions, the particulate concentration shall be corrected for ambient air humidity with the factor Kp given in the following formula.

Image 87

where

| Ha | = | humidity of the intake air in g water per kg dry air |
| --- | --- | --- |

Ha

a

=

humidity of the intake air in g water per kg dry air

Image 88

where:

| Ra | : | relative humidity of the intake air ( %) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pa | : | saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa) |
| pB | : | total barometric pressure (kPa) |

Ra

a

:

relative humidity of the intake air ( %)

pa

a

:

saturation vapour pressure of the intake air (kPa)

pB

B

:

total barometric pressure (kPa)

Note:
  H
  a may be derived from relative humidity measurement, as described above, or from dewpoint measurement, vapour pressure measurement or dry/wet bulb measurement using the generally accepted formulae.

Note:

H

a

2.2.5.3.   Calculation of the specific emission

The particulate emission (g/kWh) shall be calculated in the following way:

Image 89

where

| Wact | = | actual cycle work, as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh)’. |
| --- | --- | --- |

Wact

=

actual cycle work, as determined in Annex III Section 4.6.2 (kWh)’.

| 9. | The following Appendices are added:


  ‘APPENDIX 4
  NRTC ENGINE DYNAMOMETER SCHEDULE







  Time
  (s) | Norm. Speed
  (%) | Norm. Torque
  (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | 0 | 0 |
| 9 | 0 | 0 |
| 10 | 0 | 0 |
| 11 | 0 | 0 |
| 12 | 0 | 0 |
| 13 | 0 | 0 |
| 14 | 0 | 0 |
| 15 | 0 | 0 |
| 16 | 0 | 0 |
| 17 | 0 | 0 |
| 18 | 0 | 0 |
| 19 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | 1 | 3 |
| 25 | 1 | 3 |
| 26 | 1 | 3 |
| 27 | 1 | 3 |
| 28 | 1 | 3 |
| 29 | 1 | 3 |
| 30 | 1 | 6 |
| 31 | 1 | 6 |
| 32 | 2 | 1 |
| 33 | 4 | 13 |
| 34 | 7 | 18 |
| 35 | 9 | 21 |
| 36 | 17 | 20 |
| 37 | 33 | 42 |
| 38 | 57 | 46 |
| 39 | 44 | 33 |
| 40 | 31 | 0 |
| 41 | 22 | 27 |
| 42 | 33 | 43 |
| 43 | 80 | 49 |
| 44 | 105 | 47 |
| 45 | 98 | 70 |
| 46 | 104 | 36 |
| 47 | 104 | 65 |
| 48 | 96 | 71 |
| 49 | 101 | 62 |
| 50 | 102 | 51 |
| 51 | 102 | 50 |
| 52 | 102 | 46 |
| 53 | 102 | 41 |
| 54 | 102 | 31 |
| 55 | 89 | 2 |
| 56 | 82 | 0 |
| 57 | 47 | 1 |
| 58 | 23 | 1 |
| 59 | 1 | 3 |
| 60 | 1 | 8 |
| 61 | 1 | 3 |
| 62 | 1 | 5 |
| 63 | 1 | 6 |
| 64 | 1 | 4 |
| 65 | 1 | 4 |
| 66 | 0 | 6 |
| 67 | 1 | 4 |
| 68 | 9 | 21 |
| 69 | 25 | 56 |
| 70 | 64 | 26 |
| 71 | 60 | 31 |
| 72 | 63 | 20 |
| 73 | 62 | 24 |
| 74 | 64 | 8 |
| 75 | 58 | 44 |
| 76 | 65 | 10 |
| 77 | 65 | 12 |
| 78 | 68 | 23 |
| 79 | 69 | 30 |
| 80 | 71 | 30 |
| 81 | 74 | 15 |
| 82 | 71 | 23 |
| 83 | 73 | 20 |
| 84 | 73 | 21 |
| 85 | 73 | 19 |
| 86 | 70 | 33 |
| 87 | 70 | 34 |
| 88 | 65 | 47 |
| 89 | 66 | 47 |
| 90 | 64 | 53 |
| 91 | 65 | 45 |
| 92 | 66 | 38 |
| 93 | 67 | 49 |
| 94 | 69 | 39 |
| 95 | 69 | 39 |
| 96 | 66 | 42 |
| 97 | 71 | 29 |
| 98 | 75 | 29 |
| 99 | 72 | 23 |
| 100 | 74 | 22 |
| 101 | 75 | 24 |
| 102 | 73 | 30 |
| 103 | 74 | 24 |
| 104 | 77 | 6 |
| 105 | 76 | 12 |
| 106 | 74 | 39 |
| 107 | 72 | 30 |
| 108 | 75 | 22 |
| 109 | 78 | 64 |
| 110 | 102 | 34 |
| 111 | 103 | 28 |
| 112 | 103 | 28 |
| 113 | 103 | 19 |
| 114 | 103 | 32 |
| 115 | 104 | 25 |
| 116 | 103 | 38 |
| 117 | 103 | 39 |
| 118 | 103 | 34 |
| 119 | 102 | 44 |
| 120 | 103 | 38 |
| 121 | 102 | 43 |
| 122 | 103 | 34 |
| 123 | 102 | 41 |
| 124 | 103 | 44 |
| 125 | 103 | 37 |
| 126 | 103 | 27 |
| 127 | 104 | 13 |
| 128 | 104 | 30 |
| 129 | 104 | 19 |
| 130 | 103 | 28 |
| 131 | 104 | 40 |
| 132 | 104 | 32 |
| 133 | 101 | 63 |
| 134 | 102 | 54 |
| 135 | 102 | 52 |
| 136 | 102 | 51 |
| 137 | 103 | 40 |
| 138 | 104 | 34 |
| 139 | 102 | 36 |
| 140 | 104 | 44 |
| 141 | 103 | 44 |
| 142 | 104 | 33 |
| 143 | 102 | 27 |
| 144 | 103 | 26 |
| 145 | 79 | 53 |
| 146 | 51 | 37 |
| 147 | 24 | 23 |
| 148 | 13 | 33 |
| 149 | 19 | 55 |
| 150 | 45 | 30 |
| 151 | 34 | 7 |
| 152 | 14 | 4 |
| 153 | 8 | 16 |
| 154 | 15 | 6 |
| 155 | 39 | 47 |
| 156 | 39 | 4 |
| 157 | 35 | 26 |
| 158 | 27 | 38 |
| 159 | 43 | 40 |
| 160 | 14 | 23 |
| 161 | 10 | 10 |
| 162 | 15 | 33 |
| 163 | 35 | 72 |
| 164 | 60 | 39 |
| 165 | 55 | 31 |
| 166 | 47 | 30 |
| 167 | 16 | 7 |
| 168 | 0 | 6 |
| 169 | 0 | 8 |
| 170 | 0 | 8 |
| 171 | 0 | 2 |
| 172 | 2 | 17 |
| 173 | 10 | 28 |
| 174 | 28 | 31 |
| 175 | 33 | 30 |
| 176 | 36 | 0 |
| 177 | 19 | 10 |
| 178 | 1 | 18 |
| 179 | 0 | 16 |
| 180 | 1 | 3 |
| 181 | 1 | 4 |
| 182 | 1 | 5 |
| 183 | 1 | 6 |
| 184 | 1 | 5 |
| 185 | 1 | 3 |
| 186 | 1 | 4 |
| 187 | 1 | 4 |
| 188 | 1 | 6 |
| 189 | 8 | 18 |
| 190 | 20 | 51 |
| 191 | 49 | 19 |
| 192 | 41 | 13 |
| 193 | 31 | 16 |
| 194 | 28 | 21 |
| 195 | 21 | 17 |
| 196 | 31 | 21 |
| 197 | 21 | 8 |
| 198 | 0 | 14 |
| 199 | 0 | 12 |
| 200 | 3 | 8 |
| 201 | 3 | 22 |
| 202 | 12 | 20 |
| 203 | 14 | 20 |
| 204 | 16 | 17 |
| 205 | 20 | 18 |
| 206 | 27 | 34 |
| 207 | 32 | 33 |
| 208 | 41 | 31 |
| 209 | 43 | 31 |
| 210 | 37 | 33 |
| 211 | 26 | 18 |
| 212 | 18 | 29 |
| 213 | 14 | 51 |
| 214 | 13 | 11 |
| 215 | 12 | 9 |
| 216 | 15 | 33 |
| 217 | 20 | 25 |
| 218 | 25 | 17 |
| 219 | 31 | 29 |
| 220 | 36 | 66 |
| 221 | 66 | 40 |
| 222 | 50 | 13 |
| 223 | 16 | 24 |
| 224 | 26 | 50 |
| 225 | 64 | 23 |
| 226 | 81 | 20 |
| 227 | 83 | 11 |
| 228 | 79 | 23 |
| 229 | 76 | 31 |
| 230 | 68 | 24 |
| 231 | 59 | 33 |
| 232 | 59 | 3 |
| 233 | 25 | 7 |
| 234 | 21 | 10 |
| 235 | 20 | 19 |
| 236 | 4 | 10 |
| 237 | 5 | 7 |
| 238 | 4 | 5 |
| 239 | 4 | 6 |
| 240 | 4 | 6 |
| 241 | 4 | 5 |
| 242 | 7 | 5 |
| 243 | 16 | 28 |
| 244 | 28 | 25 |
| 245 | 52 | 53 |
| 246 | 50 | 8 |
| 247 | 26 | 40 |
| 248 | 48 | 29 |
| 249 | 54 | 39 |
| 250 | 60 | 42 |
| 251 | 48 | 18 |
| 252 | 54 | 51 |
| 253 | 88 | 90 |
| 254 | 103 | 84 |
| 255 | 103 | 85 |
| 256 | 102 | 84 |
| 257 | 58 | 66 |
| 258 | 64 | 97 |
| 259 | 56 | 80 |
| 260 | 51 | 67 |
| 261 | 52 | 96 |
| 262 | 63 | 62 |
| 263 | 71 | 6 |
| 264 | 33 | 16 |
| 265 | 47 | 45 |
| 266 | 43 | 56 |
| 267 | 42 | 27 |
| 268 | 42 | 64 |
| 269 | 75 | 74 |
| 270 | 68 | 96 |
| 271 | 86 | 61 |
| 272 | 66 | 0 |
| 273 | 37 | 0 |
| 274 | 45 | 37 |
| 275 | 68 | 96 |
| 276 | 80 | 97 |
| 277 | 92 | 96 |
| 278 | 90 | 97 |
| 279 | 82 | 96 |
| 280 | 94 | 81 |
| 281 | 90 | 85 |
| 282 | 96 | 65 |
| 283 | 70 | 96 |
| 284 | 55 | 95 |
| 285 | 70 | 96 |
| 286 | 79 | 96 |
| 287 | 81 | 71 |
| 288 | 71 | 60 |
| 289 | 92 | 65 |
| 290 | 82 | 63 |
| 291 | 61 | 47 |
| 292 | 52 | 37 |
| 293 | 24 | 0 |
| 294 | 20 | 7 |
| 295 | 39 | 48 |
| 296 | 39 | 54 |
| 297 | 63 | 58 |
| 298 | 53 | 31 |
| 299 | 51 | 24 |
| 300 | 48 | 40 |
| 301 | 39 | 0 |
| 302 | 35 | 18 |
| 303 | 36 | 16 |
| 304 | 29 | 17 |
| 305 | 28 | 21 |
| 306 | 31 | 15 |
| 307 | 31 | 10 |
| 308 | 43 | 19 |
| 309 | 49 | 63 |
| 310 | 78 | 61 |
| 311 | 78 | 46 |
| 312 | 66 | 65 |
| 313 | 78 | 97 |
| 314 | 84 | 63 |
| 315 | 57 | 26 |
| 316 | 36 | 22 |
| 317 | 20 | 34 |
| 318 | 19 | 8 |
| 319 | 9 | 10 |
| 320 | 5 | 5 |
| 321 | 7 | 11 |
| 322 | 15 | 15 |
| 323 | 12 | 9 |
| 324 | 13 | 27 |
| 325 | 15 | 28 |
| 326 | 16 | 28 |
| 327 | 16 | 31 |
| 328 | 15 | 20 |
| 329 | 17 | 0 |
| 330 | 20 | 34 |
| 331 | 21 | 25 |
| 332 | 20 | 0 |
| 333 | 23 | 25 |
| 334 | 30 | 58 |
| 335 | 63 | 96 |
| 336 | 83 | 60 |
| 337 | 61 | 0 |
| 338 | 26 | 0 |
| 339 | 29 | 44 |
| 340 | 68 | 97 |
| 341 | 80 | 97 |
| 342 | 88 | 97 |
| 343 | 99 | 88 |
| 344 | 102 | 86 |
| 345 | 100 | 82 |
| 346 | 74 | 79 |
| 347 | 57 | 79 |
| 348 | 76 | 97 |
| 349 | 84 | 97 |
| 350 | 86 | 97 |
| 351 | 81 | 98 |
| 352 | 83 | 83 |
| 353 | 65 | 96 |
| 354 | 93 | 72 |
| 355 | 63 | 60 |
| 356 | 72 | 49 |
| 357 | 56 | 27 |
| 358 | 29 | 0 |
| 359 | 18 | 13 |
| 360 | 25 | 11 |
| 361 | 28 | 24 |
| 362 | 34 | 53 |
| 363 | 65 | 83 |
| 364 | 80 | 44 |
| 365 | 77 | 46 |
| 366 | 76 | 50 |
| 367 | 45 | 52 |
| 368 | 61 | 98 |
| 369 | 61 | 69 |
| 370 | 63 | 49 |
| 371 | 32 | 0 |
| 372 | 10 | 8 |
| 373 | 17 | 7 |
| 374 | 16 | 13 |
| 375 | 11 | 6 |
| 376 | 9 | 5 |
| 377 | 9 | 12 |
| 378 | 12 | 46 |
| 379 | 15 | 30 |
| 380 | 26 | 28 |
| 381 | 13 | 9 |
| 382 | 16 | 21 |
| 383 | 24 | 4 |
| 384 | 36 | 43 |
| 385 | 65 | 85 |
| 386 | 78 | 66 |
| 387 | 63 | 39 |
| 388 | 32 | 34 |
| 389 | 46 | 55 |
| 390 | 47 | 42 |
| 391 | 42 | 39 |
| 392 | 27 | 0 |
| 393 | 14 | 5 |
| 394 | 14 | 14 |
| 395 | 24 | 54 |
| 396 | 60 | 90 |
| 397 | 53 | 66 |
| 398 | 70 | 48 |
| 399 | 77 | 93 |
| 400 | 79 | 67 |
| 401 | 46 | 65 |
| 402 | 69 | 98 |
| 403 | 80 | 97 |
| 404 | 74 | 97 |
| 405 | 75 | 98 |
| 406 | 56 | 61 |
| 407 | 42 | 0 |
| 408 | 36 | 32 |
| 409 | 34 | 43 |
| 410 | 68 | 83 |
| 411 | 102 | 48 |
| 412 | 62 | 0 |
| 413 | 41 | 39 |
| 414 | 71 | 86 |
| 415 | 91 | 52 |
| 416 | 89 | 55 |
| 417 | 89 | 56 |
| 418 | 88 | 58 |
| 419 | 78 | 69 |
| 420 | 98 | 39 |
| 421 | 64 | 61 |
| 422 | 90 | 34 |
| 423 | 88 | 38 |
| 424 | 97 | 62 |
| 425 | 100 | 53 |
| 426 | 81 | 58 |
| 427 | 74 | 51 |
| 428 | 76 | 57 |
| 429 | 76 | 72 |
| 430 | 85 | 72 |
| 431 | 84 | 60 |
| 432 | 83 | 72 |
| 433 | 83 | 72 |
| 434 | 86 | 72 |
| 435 | 89 | 72 |
| 436 | 86 | 72 |
| 437 | 87 | 72 |
| 438 | 88 | 72 |
| 439 | 88 | 71 |
| 440 | 87 | 72 |
| 441 | 85 | 71 |
| 442 | 88 | 72 |
| 443 | 88 | 72 |
| 444 | 84 | 72 |
| 445 | 83 | 73 |
| 446 | 77 | 73 |
| 447 | 74 | 73 |
| 448 | 76 | 72 |
| 449 | 46 | 77 |
| 450 | 78 | 62 |
| 451 | 79 | 35 |
| 452 | 82 | 38 |
| 453 | 81 | 41 |
| 454 | 79 | 37 |
| 455 | 78 | 35 |
| 456 | 78 | 38 |
| 457 | 78 | 46 |
| 458 | 75 | 49 |
| 459 | 73 | 50 |
| 460 | 79 | 58 |
| 461 | 79 | 71 |
| 462 | 83 | 44 |
| 463 | 53 | 48 |
| 464 | 40 | 48 |
| 465 | 51 | 75 |
| 466 | 75 | 72 |
| 467 | 89 | 67 |
| 468 | 93 | 60 |
| 469 | 89 | 73 |
| 470 | 86 | 73 |
| 471 | 81 | 73 |
| 472 | 78 | 73 |
| 473 | 78 | 73 |
| 474 | 76 | 73 |
| 475 | 79 | 73 |
| 476 | 82 | 73 |
| 477 | 86 | 73 |
| 478 | 88 | 72 |
| 479 | 92 | 71 |
| 480 | 97 | 54 |
| 481 | 73 | 43 |
| 482 | 36 | 64 |
| 483 | 63 | 31 |
| 484 | 78 | 1 |
| 485 | 69 | 27 |
| 486 | 67 | 28 |
| 487 | 72 | 9 |
| 488 | 71 | 9 |
| 489 | 78 | 36 |
| 490 | 81 | 56 |
| 491 | 75 | 53 |
| 492 | 60 | 45 |
| 493 | 50 | 37 |
| 494 | 66 | 41 |
| 495 | 51 | 61 |
| 496 | 68 | 47 |
| 497 | 29 | 42 |
| 498 | 24 | 73 |
| 499 | 64 | 71 |
| 500 | 90 | 71 |
| 501 | 100 | 61 |
| 502 | 94 | 73 |
| 503 | 84 | 73 |
| 504 | 79 | 73 |
| 505 | 75 | 72 |
| 506 | 78 | 73 |
| 507 | 80 | 73 |
| 508 | 81 | 73 |
| 509 | 81 | 73 |
| 510 | 83 | 73 |
| 511 | 85 | 73 |
| 512 | 84 | 73 |
| 513 | 85 | 73 |
| 514 | 86 | 73 |
| 515 | 85 | 73 |
| 516 | 85 | 73 |
| 517 | 85 | 72 |
| 518 | 85 | 73 |
| 519 | 83 | 73 |
| 520 | 79 | 73 |
| 521 | 78 | 73 |
| 522 | 81 | 73 |
| 523 | 82 | 72 |
| 524 | 94 | 56 |
| 525 | 66 | 48 |
| 526 | 35 | 71 |
| 527 | 51 | 44 |
| 528 | 60 | 23 |
| 529 | 64 | 10 |
| 530 | 63 | 14 |
| 531 | 70 | 37 |
| 532 | 76 | 45 |
| 533 | 78 | 18 |
| 534 | 76 | 51 |
| 535 | 75 | 33 |
| 536 | 81 | 17 |
| 537 | 76 | 45 |
| 538 | 76 | 30 |
| 539 | 80 | 14 |
| 540 | 71 | 18 |
| 541 | 71 | 14 |
| 542 | 71 | 11 |
| 543 | 65 | 2 |
| 544 | 31 | 26 |
| 545 | 24 | 72 |
| 546 | 64 | 70 |
| 547 | 77 | 62 |
| 548 | 80 | 68 |
| 549 | 83 | 53 |
| 550 | 83 | 50 |
| 551 | 83 | 50 |
| 552 | 85 | 43 |
| 553 | 86 | 45 |
| 554 | 89 | 35 |
| 555 | 82 | 61 |
| 556 | 87 | 50 |
| 557 | 85 | 55 |
| 558 | 89 | 49 |
| 559 | 87 | 70 |
| 560 | 91 | 39 |
| 561 | 72 | 3 |
| 562 | 43 | 25 |
| 563 | 30 | 60 |
| 564 | 40 | 45 |
| 565 | 37 | 32 |
| 566 | 37 | 32 |
| 567 | 43 | 70 |
| 568 | 70 | 54 |
| 569 | 77 | 47 |
| 570 | 79 | 66 |
| 571 | 85 | 53 |
| 572 | 83 | 57 |
| 573 | 86 | 52 |
| 574 | 85 | 51 |
| 575 | 70 | 39 |
| 576 | 50 | 5 |
| 577 | 38 | 36 |
| 578 | 30 | 71 |
| 579 | 75 | 53 |
| 580 | 84 | 40 |
| 581 | 85 | 42 |
| 582 | 86 | 49 |
| 583 | 86 | 57 |
| 584 | 89 | 68 |
| 585 | 99 | 61 |
| 586 | 77 | 29 |
| 587 | 81 | 72 |
| 588 | 89 | 69 |
| 589 | 49 | 56 |
| 590 | 79 | 70 |
| 591 | 104 | 59 |
| 592 | 103 | 54 |
| 593 | 102 | 56 |
| 594 | 102 | 56 |
| 595 | 103 | 61 |
| 596 | 102 | 64 |
| 597 | 103 | 60 |
| 598 | 93 | 72 |
| 599 | 86 | 73 |
| 600 | 76 | 73 |
| 601 | 59 | 49 |
| 602 | 46 | 22 |
| 603 | 40 | 65 |
| 604 | 72 | 31 |
| 605 | 72 | 27 |
| 606 | 67 | 44 |
| 607 | 68 | 37 |
| 608 | 67 | 42 |
| 609 | 68 | 50 |
| 610 | 77 | 43 |
| 611 | 58 | 4 |
| 612 | 22 | 37 |
| 613 | 57 | 69 |
| 614 | 68 | 38 |
| 615 | 73 | 2 |
| 616 | 40 | 14 |
| 617 | 42 | 38 |
| 618 | 64 | 69 |
| 619 | 64 | 74 |
| 620 | 67 | 73 |
| 621 | 65 | 73 |
| 622 | 68 | 73 |
| 623 | 65 | 49 |
| 624 | 81 | 0 |
| 625 | 37 | 25 |
| 626 | 24 | 69 |
| 627 | 68 | 71 |
| 628 | 70 | 71 |
| 629 | 76 | 70 |
| 630 | 71 | 72 |
| 631 | 73 | 69 |
| 632 | 76 | 70 |
| 633 | 77 | 72 |
| 634 | 77 | 72 |
| 635 | 77 | 72 |
| 636 | 77 | 70 |
| 637 | 76 | 71 |
| 638 | 76 | 71 |
| 639 | 77 | 71 |
| 640 | 77 | 71 |
| 641 | 78 | 70 |
| 642 | 77 | 70 |
| 643 | 77 | 71 |
| 644 | 79 | 72 |
| 645 | 78 | 70 |
| 646 | 80 | 70 |
| 647 | 82 | 71 |
| 648 | 84 | 71 |
| 649 | 83 | 71 |
| 650 | 83 | 73 |
| 651 | 81 | 70 |
| 652 | 80 | 71 |
| 653 | 78 | 71 |
| 654 | 76 | 70 |
| 655 | 76 | 70 |
| 656 | 76 | 71 |
| 657 | 79 | 71 |
| 658 | 78 | 71 |
| 659 | 81 | 70 |
| 660 | 83 | 72 |
| 661 | 84 | 71 |
| 662 | 86 | 71 |
| 663 | 87 | 71 |
| 664 | 92 | 72 |
| 665 | 91 | 72 |
| 666 | 90 | 71 |
| 667 | 90 | 71 |
| 668 | 91 | 71 |
| 669 | 90 | 70 |
| 670 | 90 | 72 |
| 671 | 91 | 71 |
| 672 | 90 | 71 |
| 673 | 90 | 71 |
| 674 | 92 | 72 |
| 675 | 93 | 69 |
| 676 | 90 | 70 |
| 677 | 93 | 72 |
| 678 | 91 | 70 |
| 679 | 89 | 71 |
| 680 | 91 | 71 |
| 681 | 90 | 71 |
| 682 | 90 | 71 |
| 683 | 92 | 71 |
| 684 | 91 | 71 |
| 685 | 93 | 71 |
| 686 | 93 | 68 |
| 687 | 98 | 68 |
| 688 | 98 | 67 |
| 689 | 100 | 69 |
| 690 | 99 | 68 |
| 691 | 100 | 71 |
| 692 | 99 | 68 |
| 693 | 100 | 69 |
| 694 | 102 | 72 |
| 695 | 101 | 69 |
| 696 | 100 | 69 |
| 697 | 102 | 71 |
| 698 | 102 | 71 |
| 699 | 102 | 69 |
| 700 | 102 | 71 |
| 701 | 102 | 68 |
| 702 | 100 | 69 |
| 703 | 102 | 70 |
| 704 | 102 | 68 |
| 705 | 102 | 70 |
| 706 | 102 | 72 |
| 707 | 102 | 68 |
| 708 | 102 | 69 |
| 709 | 100 | 68 |
| 710 | 102 | 71 |
| 711 | 101 | 64 |
| 712 | 102 | 69 |
| 713 | 102 | 69 |
| 714 | 101 | 69 |
| 715 | 102 | 64 |
| 716 | 102 | 69 |
| 717 | 102 | 68 |
| 718 | 102 | 70 |
| 719 | 102 | 69 |
| 720 | 102 | 70 |
| 721 | 102 | 70 |
| 722 | 102 | 62 |
| 723 | 104 | 38 |
| 724 | 104 | 15 |
| 725 | 102 | 24 |
| 726 | 102 | 45 |
| 727 | 102 | 47 |
| 728 | 104 | 40 |
| 729 | 101 | 52 |
| 730 | 103 | 32 |
| 731 | 102 | 50 |
| 732 | 103 | 30 |
| 733 | 103 | 44 |
| 734 | 102 | 40 |
| 735 | 103 | 43 |
| 736 | 103 | 41 |
| 737 | 102 | 46 |
| 738 | 103 | 39 |
| 739 | 102 | 41 |
| 740 | 103 | 41 |
| 741 | 102 | 38 |
| 742 | 103 | 39 |
| 743 | 102 | 46 |
| 744 | 104 | 46 |
| 745 | 103 | 49 |
| 746 | 102 | 45 |
| 747 | 103 | 42 |
| 748 | 103 | 46 |
| 749 | 103 | 38 |
| 750 | 102 | 48 |
| 751 | 103 | 35 |
| 752 | 102 | 48 |
| 753 | 103 | 49 |
| 754 | 102 | 48 |
| 755 | 102 | 46 |
| 756 | 103 | 47 |
| 757 | 102 | 49 |
| 758 | 102 | 42 |
| 759 | 102 | 52 |
| 760 | 102 | 57 |
| 761 | 102 | 55 |
| 762 | 102 | 61 |
| 763 | 102 | 61 |
| 764 | 102 | 58 |
| 765 | 103 | 58 |
| 766 | 102 | 59 |
| 767 | 102 | 54 |
| 768 | 102 | 63 |
| 769 | 102 | 61 |
| 770 | 103 | 55 |
| 771 | 102 | 60 |
| 772 | 102 | 72 |
| 773 | 103 | 56 |
| 774 | 102 | 55 |
| 775 | 102 | 67 |
| 776 | 103 | 56 |
| 777 | 84 | 42 |
| 778 | 48 | 7 |
| 779 | 48 | 6 |
| 780 | 48 | 6 |
| 781 | 48 | 7 |
| 782 | 48 | 6 |
| 783 | 48 | 7 |
| 784 | 67 | 21 |
| 785 | 105 | 59 |
| 786 | 105 | 96 |
| 787 | 105 | 74 |
| 788 | 105 | 66 |
| 789 | 105 | 62 |
| 790 | 105 | 66 |
| 791 | 89 | 41 |
| 792 | 52 | 5 |
| 793 | 48 | 5 |
| 794 | 48 | 7 |
| 795 | 48 | 5 |
| 796 | 48 | 6 |
| 797 | 48 | 4 |
| 798 | 52 | 6 |
| 799 | 51 | 5 |
| 800 | 51 | 6 |
| 801 | 51 | 6 |
| 802 | 52 | 5 |
| 803 | 52 | 5 |
| 804 | 57 | 44 |
| 805 | 98 | 90 |
| 806 | 105 | 94 |
| 807 | 105 | 100 |
| 808 | 105 | 98 |
| 809 | 105 | 95 |
| 810 | 105 | 96 |
| 811 | 105 | 92 |
| 812 | 104 | 97 |
| 813 | 100 | 85 |
| 814 | 94 | 74 |
| 815 | 87 | 62 |
| 816 | 81 | 50 |
| 817 | 81 | 46 |
| 818 | 80 | 39 |
| 819 | 80 | 32 |
| 820 | 81 | 28 |
| 821 | 80 | 26 |
| 822 | 80 | 23 |
| 823 | 80 | 23 |
| 824 | 80 | 20 |
| 825 | 81 | 19 |
| 826 | 80 | 18 |
| 827 | 81 | 17 |
| 828 | 80 | 20 |
| 829 | 81 | 24 |
| 830 | 81 | 21 |
| 831 | 80 | 26 |
| 832 | 80 | 24 |
| 833 | 80 | 23 |
| 834 | 80 | 22 |
| 835 | 81 | 21 |
| 836 | 81 | 24 |
| 837 | 81 | 24 |
| 838 | 81 | 22 |
| 839 | 81 | 22 |
| 840 | 81 | 21 |
| 841 | 81 | 31 |
| 842 | 81 | 27 |
| 843 | 80 | 26 |
| 844 | 80 | 26 |
| 845 | 81 | 25 |
| 846 | 80 | 21 |
| 847 | 81 | 20 |
| 848 | 83 | 21 |
| 849 | 83 | 15 |
| 850 | 83 | 12 |
| 851 | 83 | 9 |
| 852 | 83 | 8 |
| 853 | 83 | 7 |
| 854 | 83 | 6 |
| 855 | 83 | 6 |
| 856 | 83 | 6 |
| 857 | 83 | 6 |
| 858 | 83 | 6 |
| 859 | 76 | 5 |
| 860 | 49 | 8 |
| 861 | 51 | 7 |
| 862 | 51 | 20 |
| 863 | 78 | 52 |
| 864 | 80 | 38 |
| 865 | 81 | 33 |
| 866 | 83 | 29 |
| 867 | 83 | 22 |
| 868 | 83 | 16 |
| 869 | 83 | 12 |
| 870 | 83 | 9 |
| 871 | 83 | 8 |
| 872 | 83 | 7 |
| 873 | 83 | 6 |
| 874 | 83 | 6 |
| 875 | 83 | 6 |
| 876 | 83 | 6 |
| 877 | 83 | 6 |
| 878 | 59 | 4 |
| 879 | 50 | 5 |
| 880 | 51 | 5 |
| 881 | 51 | 5 |
| 882 | 51 | 5 |
| 883 | 50 | 5 |
| 884 | 50 | 5 |
| 885 | 50 | 5 |
| 886 | 50 | 5 |
| 887 | 50 | 5 |
| 888 | 51 | 5 |
| 889 | 51 | 5 |
| 890 | 51 | 5 |
| 891 | 63 | 50 |
| 892 | 81 | 34 |
| 893 | 81 | 25 |
| 894 | 81 | 29 |
| 895 | 81 | 23 |
| 896 | 80 | 24 |
| 897 | 81 | 24 |
| 898 | 81 | 28 |
| 899 | 81 | 27 |
| 900 | 81 | 22 |
| 901 | 81 | 19 |
| 902 | 81 | 17 |
| 903 | 81 | 17 |
| 904 | 81 | 17 |
| 905 | 81 | 15 |
| 906 | 80 | 15 |
| 907 | 80 | 28 |
| 908 | 81 | 22 |
| 909 | 81 | 24 |
| 910 | 81 | 19 |
| 911 | 81 | 21 |
| 912 | 81 | 20 |
| 913 | 83 | 26 |
| 914 | 80 | 63 |
| 915 | 80 | 59 |
| 916 | 83 | 100 |
| 917 | 81 | 73 |
| 918 | 83 | 53 |
| 919 | 80 | 76 |
| 920 | 81 | 61 |
| 921 | 80 | 50 |
| 922 | 81 | 37 |
| 923 | 82 | 49 |
| 924 | 83 | 37 |
| 925 | 83 | 25 |
| 926 | 83 | 17 |
| 927 | 83 | 13 |
| 928 | 83 | 10 |
| 929 | 83 | 8 |
| 930 | 83 | 7 |
| 931 | 83 | 7 |
| 932 | 83 | 6 |
| 933 | 83 | 6 |
| 934 | 83 | 6 |
| 935 | 71 | 5 |
| 936 | 49 | 24 |
| 937 | 69 | 64 |
| 938 | 81 | 50 |
| 939 | 81 | 43 |
| 940 | 81 | 42 |
| 941 | 81 | 31 |
| 942 | 81 | 30 |
| 943 | 81 | 35 |
| 944 | 81 | 28 |
| 945 | 81 | 27 |
| 946 | 80 | 27 |
| 947 | 81 | 31 |
| 948 | 81 | 41 |
| 949 | 81 | 41 |
| 950 | 81 | 37 |
| 951 | 81 | 43 |
| 952 | 81 | 34 |
| 953 | 81 | 31 |
| 954 | 81 | 26 |
| 955 | 81 | 23 |
| 956 | 81 | 27 |
| 957 | 81 | 38 |
| 958 | 81 | 40 |
| 959 | 81 | 39 |
| 960 | 81 | 27 |
| 961 | 81 | 33 |
| 962 | 80 | 28 |
| 963 | 81 | 34 |
| 964 | 83 | 72 |
| 965 | 81 | 49 |
| 966 | 81 | 51 |
| 967 | 80 | 55 |
| 968 | 81 | 48 |
| 969 | 81 | 36 |
| 970 | 81 | 39 |
| 971 | 81 | 38 |
| 972 | 80 | 41 |
| 973 | 81 | 30 |
| 974 | 81 | 23 |
| 975 | 81 | 19 |
| 976 | 81 | 25 |
| 977 | 81 | 29 |
| 978 | 83 | 47 |
| 979 | 81 | 90 |
| 980 | 81 | 75 |
| 981 | 80 | 60 |
| 982 | 81 | 48 |
| 983 | 81 | 41 |
| 984 | 81 | 30 |
| 985 | 80 | 24 |
| 986 | 81 | 20 |
| 987 | 81 | 21 |
| 988 | 81 | 29 |
| 989 | 81 | 29 |
| 990 | 81 | 27 |
| 991 | 81 | 23 |
| 992 | 81 | 25 |
| 993 | 81 | 26 |
| 994 | 81 | 22 |
| 995 | 81 | 20 |
| 996 | 81 | 17 |
| 997 | 81 | 23 |
| 998 | 83 | 65 |
| 999 | 81 | 54 |
| 1 000 | 81 | 50 |
| 1 001 | 81 | 41 |
| 1 002 | 81 | 35 |
| 1 003 | 81 | 37 |
| 1 004 | 81 | 29 |
| 1 005 | 81 | 28 |
| 1 006 | 81 | 24 |
| 1 007 | 81 | 19 |
| 1 008 | 81 | 16 |
| 1 009 | 80 | 16 |
| 1 010 | 83 | 23 |
| 1 011 | 83 | 17 |
| 1 012 | 83 | 13 |
| 1 013 | 83 | 27 |
| 1 014 | 81 | 58 |
| 1 015 | 81 | 60 |
| 1 016 | 81 | 46 |
| 1 017 | 80 | 41 |
| 1 018 | 80 | 36 |
| 1 019 | 81 | 26 |
| 1 020 | 86 | 18 |
| 1 021 | 82 | 35 |
| 1 022 | 79 | 53 |
| 1 023 | 82 | 30 |
| 1 024 | 83 | 29 |
| 1 025 | 83 | 32 |
| 1 026 | 83 | 28 |
| 1 027 | 76 | 60 |
| 1 028 | 79 | 51 |
| 1 029 | 86 | 26 |
| 1 030 | 82 | 34 |
| 1 031 | 84 | 25 |
| 1 032 | 86 | 23 |
| 1 033 | 85 | 22 |
| 1 034 | 83 | 26 |
| 1 035 | 83 | 25 |
| 1 036 | 83 | 37 |
| 1 037 | 84 | 14 |
| 1 038 | 83 | 39 |
| 1 039 | 76 | 70 |
| 1 040 | 78 | 81 |
| 1 041 | 75 | 71 |
| 1 042 | 86 | 47 |
| 1 043 | 83 | 35 |
| 1 044 | 81 | 43 |
| 1 045 | 81 | 41 |
| 1 046 | 79 | 46 |
| 1 047 | 80 | 44 |
| 1 048 | 84 | 20 |
| 1 049 | 79 | 31 |
| 1 050 | 87 | 29 |
| 1 051 | 82 | 49 |
| 1 052 | 84 | 21 |
| 1 053 | 82 | 56 |
| 1 054 | 81 | 30 |
| 1 055 | 85 | 21 |
| 1 056 | 86 | 16 |
| 1 057 | 79 | 52 |
| 1 058 | 78 | 60 |
| 1 059 | 74 | 55 |
| 1 060 | 78 | 84 |
| 1 061 | 80 | 54 |
| 1 062 | 80 | 35 |
| 1 063 | 82 | 24 |
| 1 064 | 83 | 43 |
| 1 065 | 79 | 49 |
| 1 066 | 83 | 50 |
| 1 067 | 86 | 12 |
| 1 068 | 64 | 14 |
| 1 069 | 24 | 14 |
| 1 070 | 49 | 21 |
| 1 071 | 77 | 48 |
| 1 072 | 103 | 11 |
| 1 073 | 98 | 48 |
| 1 074 | 101 | 34 |
| 1 075 | 99 | 39 |
| 1 076 | 103 | 11 |
| 1 077 | 103 | 19 |
| 1 078 | 103 | 7 |
| 1 079 | 103 | 13 |
| 1 080 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 081 | 102 | 13 |
| 1 082 | 101 | 29 |
| 1 083 | 102 | 25 |
| 1 084 | 102 | 20 |
| 1 085 | 96 | 60 |
| 1 086 | 99 | 38 |
| 1 087 | 102 | 24 |
| 1 088 | 100 | 31 |
| 1 089 | 100 | 28 |
| 1 090 | 98 | 3 |
| 1 091 | 102 | 26 |
| 1 092 | 95 | 64 |
| 1 093 | 102 | 23 |
| 1 094 | 102 | 25 |
| 1 095 | 98 | 42 |
| 1 096 | 93 | 68 |
| 1 097 | 101 | 25 |
| 1 098 | 95 | 64 |
| 1 099 | 101 | 35 |
| 1 100 | 94 | 59 |
| 1 101 | 97 | 37 |
| 1 102 | 97 | 60 |
| 1 103 | 93 | 98 |
| 1 104 | 98 | 53 |
| 1 105 | 103 | 13 |
| 1 106 | 103 | 11 |
| 1 107 | 103 | 11 |
| 1 108 | 103 | 13 |
| 1 109 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 110 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 111 | 103 | 11 |
| 1 112 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 113 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 114 | 102 | 18 |
| 1 115 | 102 | 31 |
| 1 116 | 101 | 24 |
| 1 117 | 102 | 19 |
| 1 118 | 103 | 10 |
| 1 119 | 102 | 12 |
| 1 120 | 99 | 56 |
| 1 121 | 96 | 59 |
| 1 122 | 74 | 28 |
| 1 123 | 66 | 62 |
| 1 124 | 74 | 29 |
| 1 125 | 64 | 74 |
| 1 126 | 69 | 40 |
| 1 127 | 76 | 2 |
| 1 128 | 72 | 29 |
| 1 129 | 66 | 65 |
| 1 130 | 54 | 69 |
| 1 131 | 69 | 56 |
| 1 132 | 69 | 40 |
| 1 133 | 73 | 54 |
| 1 134 | 63 | 92 |
| 1 135 | 61 | 67 |
| 1 136 | 72 | 42 |
| 1 137 | 78 | 2 |
| 1 138 | 76 | 34 |
| 1 139 | 67 | 80 |
| 1 140 | 70 | 67 |
| 1 141 | 53 | 70 |
| 1 142 | 72 | 65 |
| 1 143 | 60 | 57 |
| 1 144 | 74 | 29 |
| 1 145 | 69 | 31 |
| 1 146 | 76 | 1 |
| 1 147 | 74 | 22 |
| 1 148 | 72 | 52 |
| 1 149 | 62 | 96 |
| 1 150 | 54 | 72 |
| 1 151 | 72 | 28 |
| 1 152 | 72 | 35 |
| 1 153 | 64 | 68 |
| 1 154 | 74 | 27 |
| 1 155 | 76 | 14 |
| 1 156 | 69 | 38 |
| 1 157 | 66 | 59 |
| 1 158 | 64 | 99 |
| 1 159 | 51 | 86 |
| 1 160 | 70 | 53 |
| 1 161 | 72 | 36 |
| 1 162 | 71 | 47 |
| 1 163 | 70 | 42 |
| 1 164 | 67 | 34 |
| 1 165 | 74 | 2 |
| 1 166 | 75 | 21 |
| 1 167 | 74 | 15 |
| 1 168 | 75 | 13 |
| 1 169 | 76 | 10 |
| 1 170 | 75 | 13 |
| 1 171 | 75 | 10 |
| 1 172 | 75 | 7 |
| 1 173 | 75 | 13 |
| 1 174 | 76 | 8 |
| 1 175 | 76 | 7 |
| 1 176 | 67 | 45 |
| 1 177 | 75 | 13 |
| 1 178 | 75 | 12 |
| 1 179 | 73 | 21 |
| 1 180 | 68 | 46 |
| 1 181 | 74 | 8 |
| 1 182 | 76 | 11 |
| 1 183 | 76 | 14 |
| 1 184 | 74 | 11 |
| 1 185 | 74 | 18 |
| 1 186 | 73 | 22 |
| 1 187 | 74 | 20 |
| 1 188 | 74 | 19 |
| 1 189 | 70 | 22 |
| 1 190 | 71 | 23 |
| 1 191 | 73 | 19 |
| 1 192 | 73 | 19 |
| 1 193 | 72 | 20 |
| 1 194 | 64 | 60 |
| 1 195 | 70 | 39 |
| 1 196 | 66 | 56 |
| 1 197 | 68 | 64 |
| 1 198 | 30 | 68 |
| 1 199 | 70 | 38 |
| 1 200 | 66 | 47 |
| 1 201 | 76 | 14 |
| 1 202 | 74 | 18 |
| 1 203 | 69 | 46 |
| 1 204 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 205 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 206 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 207 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 208 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 209 | 68 | 62 |
| 1 210 | 54 | 50 |
| 1 211 | 41 | 37 |
| 1 212 | 27 | 25 |
| 1 213 | 14 | 12 |
| 1 214 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 215 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 216 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 217 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 218 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 219 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 220 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 221 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 222 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 223 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 224 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 225 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 226 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 227 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 228 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 229 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 230 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 231 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 232 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 233 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 234 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 235 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 236 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 237 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 238 | 0 | 0 |

9.

The following Appendices are added:

‘APPENDIX 4

NRTC ENGINE DYNAMOMETER SCHEDULE

Time

(s)

Norm. Speed

(%)

Norm. Torque

(%)

1

0

0

2

0

0

3

0

0

4

0

0

5

0

0

6

0

0

7

0

0

8

0

0

9

0

0

10

0

0

11

0

0

12

0

0

13

0

0

14

0

0

15

0

0

16

0

0

17

0

0

18

0

0

19

0

0

20

0

0

21

0

0

22

0

0

23

0

0

24

1

3

25

1

3

26

1

3

27

1

3

28

1

3

29

1

3

30

1

6

31

1

6

32

2

1

33

4

13

34

7

18

35

9

21

36

17

20

37

33

42

38

57

46

39

44

33

40

31

0

41

22

27

42

33

43

43

80

49

44

105

47

45

98

70

46

104

36

47

104

65

48

96

71

49

101

62

50

102

51

51

102

50

52

102

46

53

102

41

54

102

31

55

89

2

56

82

0

57

47

1

58

23

1

59

1

3

60

1

8

61

1

3

62

1

5

63

1

6

64

1

4

65

1

4

66

0

6

67

1

4

68

9

21

69

25

56

70

64

26

71

60

31

72

63

20

73

62

24

74

64

8

75

58

44

76

65

10

77

65

12

78

68

23

79

69

30

80

71

30

81

74

15

82

71

23

83

73

20

84

73

21

85

73

19

86

70

33

87

70

34

88

65

47

89

66

47

90

64

53

91

65

45

92

66

38

93

67

49

94

69

39

95

69

39

96

66

42

97

71

29

98

75

29

99

72

23

100

74

22

101

75

24

102

73

30

103

74

24

104

77

6

105

76

12

106

74

39

107

72

30

108

75

22

109

78

64

110

102

34

111

103

28

112

103

28

113

103

19

114

103

32

115

104

25

116

103

38

117

103

39

118

103

34

119

102

44

120

103

38

121

102

43

122

103

34

123

102

41

124

103

44

125

103

37

126

103

27

127

104

13

128

104

30

129

104

19

130

103

28

131

104

40

132

104

32

133

101

63

134

102

54

135

102

52

136

102

51

137

103

40

138

104

34

139

102

36

140

104

44

141

103

44

142

104

33

143

102

27

144

103

26

145

79

53

146

51

37

147

24

23

148

13

33

149

19

55

150

45

30

151

34

7

152

14

4

153

8

16

154

15

6

155

39

47

156

39

4

157

35

26

158

27

38

159

43

40

160

14

23

161

10

10

162

15

33

163

35

72

164

60

39

165

55

31

166

47

30

167

16

7

168

0

6

169

0

8

170

0

8

171

0

2

172

2

17

173

10

28

174

28

31

175

33

30

176

36

0

177

19

10

178

1

18

179

0

16

180

1

3

181

1

4

182

1

5

183

1

6

184

1

5

185

1

3

186

1

4

187

1

4

188

1

6

189

8

18

190

20

51

191

49

19

192

41

13

193

31

16

194

28

21

195

21

17

196

31

21

197

21

8

198

0

14

199

0

12

200

3

8

201

3

22

202

12

20

203

14

20

204

16

17

205

20

18

206

27

34

207

32

33

208

41

31

209

43

31

210

37

33

211

26

18

212

18

29

213

14

51

214

13

11

215

12

9

216

15

33

217

20

25

218

25

17

219

31

29

220

36

66

221

66

40

222

50

13

223

16

24

224

26

50

225

64

23

226

81

20

227

83

11

228

79

23

229

76

31

230

68

24

231

59

33

232

59

3

233

25

7

234

21

10

235

20

19

236

4

10

237

5

7

238

4

5

239

4

6

240

4

6

241

4

5

242

7

5

243

16

28

244

28

25

245

52

53

246

50

8

247

26

40

248

48

29

249

54

39

250

60

42

251

48

18

252

54

51

253

88

90

254

103

84

255

103

85

256

102

84

257

58

66

258

64

97

259

56

80

260

51

67

261

52

96

262

63

62

263

71

6

264

33

16

265

47

45

266

43

56

267

42

27

268

42

64

269

75

74

270

68

96

271

86

61

272

66

0

273

37

0

274

45

37

275

68

96

276

80

97

277

92

96

278

90

97

279

82

96

280

94

81

281

90

85

282

96

65

283

70

96

284

55

95

285

70

96

286

79

96

287

81

71

288

71

60

289

92

65

290

82

63

291

61

47

292

52

37

293

24

0

294

20

7

295

39

48

296

39

54

297

63

58

298

53

31

299

51

24

300

48

40

301

39

0

302

35

18

303

36

16

304

29

17

305

28

21

306

31

15

307

31

10

308

43

19

309

49

63

310

78

61

311

78

46

312

66

65

313

78

97

314

84

63

315

57

26

316

36

22

317

20

34

318

19

8

319

9

10

320

5

5

321

7

11

322

15

15

323

12

9

324

13

27

325

15

28

326

16

28

327

16

31

328

15

20

329

17

0

330

20

34

331

21

25

332

20

0

333

23

25

334

30

58

335

63

96

336

83

60

337

61

0

338

26

0

339

29

44

340

68

97

341

80

97

342

88

97

343

99

88

344

102

86

345

100

82

346

74

79

347

57

79

348

76

97

349

84

97

350

86

97

351

81

98

352

83

83

353

65

96

354

93

72

355

63

60

356

72

49

357

56

27

358

29

0

359

18

13

360

25

11

361

28

24

362

34

53

363

65

83

364

80

44

365

77

46

366

76

50

367

45

52

368

61

98

369

61

69

370

63

49

371

32

0

372

10

8

373

17

7

374

16

13

375

11

6

376

9

5

377

9

12

378

12

46

379

15

30

380

26

28

381

13

9

382

16

21

383

24

4

384

36

43

385

65

85

386

78

66

387

63

39

388

32

34

389

46

55

390

47

42

391

42

39

392

27

0

393

14

5

394

14

14

395

24

54

396

60

90

397

53

66

398

70

48

399

77

93

400

79

67

401

46

65

402

69

98

403

80

97

404

74

97

405

75

98

406

56

61

407

42

0

408

36

32

409

34

43

410

68

83

411

102

48

412

62

0

413

41

39

414

71

86

415

91

52

416

89

55

417

89

56

418

88

58

419

78

69

420

98

39

421

64

61

422

90

34

423

88

38

424

97

62

425

100

53

426

81

58

427

74

51

428

76

57

429

76

72

430

85

72

431

84

60

432

83

72

433

83

72

434

86

72

435

89

72

436

86

72

437

87

72

438

88

72

439

88

71

440

87

72

441

85

71

442

88

72

443

88

72

444

84

72

445

83

73

446

77

73

447

74

73

448

76

72

449

46

77

450

78

62

451

79

35

452

82

38

453

81

41

454

79

37

455

78

35

456

78

38

457

78

46

458

75

49

459

73

50

460

79

58

461

79

71

462

83

44

463

53

48

464

40

48

465

51

75

466

75

72

467

89

67

468

93

60

469

89

73

470

86

73

471

81

73

472

78

73

473

78

73

474

76

73

475

79

73

476

82

73

477

86

73

478

88

72

479

92

71

480

97

54

481

73

43

482

36

64

483

63

31

484

78

1

485

69

27

486

67

28

487

72

9

488

71

9

489

78

36

490

81

56

491

75

53

492

60

45

493

50

37

494

66

41

495

51

61

496

68

47

497

29

42

498

24

73

499

64

71

500

90

71

501

100

61

502

94

73

503

84

73

504

79

73

505

75

72

506

78

73

507

80

73

508

81

73

509

81

73

510

83

73

511

85

73

512

84

73

513

85

73

514

86

73

515

85

73

516

85

73

517

85

72

518

85

73

519

83

73

520

79

73

521

78

73

522

81

73

523

82

72

524

94

56

525

66

48

526

35

71

527

51

44

528

60

23

529

64

10

530

63

14

531

70

37

532

76

45

533

78

18

534

76

51

535

75

33

536

81

17

537

76

45

538

76

30

539

80

14

540

71

18

541

71

14

542

71

11

543

65

2

544

31

26

545

24

72

546

64

70

547

77

62

548

80

68

549

83

53

550

83

50

551

83

50

552

85

43

553

86

45

554

89

35

555

82

61

556

87

50

557

85

55

558

89

49

559

87

70

560

91

39

561

72

3

562

43

25

563

30

60

564

40

45

565

37

32

566

37

32

567

43

70

568

70

54

569

77

47

570

79

66

571

85

53

572

83

57

573

86

52

574

85

51

575

70

39

576

50

5

577

38

36

578

30

71

579

75

53

580

84

40

581

85

42

582

86

49

583

86

57

584

89

68

585

99

61

586

77

29

587

81

72

588

89

69

589

49

56

590

79

70

591

104

59

592

103

54

593

102

56

594

102

56

595

103

61

596

102

64

597

103

60

598

93

72

599

86

73

600

76

73

601

59

49

602

46

22

603

40

65

604

72

31

605

72

27

606

67

44

607

68

37

608

67

42

609

68

50

610

77

43

611

58

4

612

22

37

613

57

69

614

68

38

615

73

2

616

40

14

617

42

38

618

64

69

619

64

74

620

67

73

621

65

73

622

68

73

623

65

49

624

81

0

625

37

25

626

24

69

627

68

71

628

70

71

629

76

70

630

71

72

631

73

69

632

76

70

633

77

72

634

77

72

635

77

72

636

77

70

637

76

71

638

76

71

639

77

71

640

77

71

641

78

70

642

77

70

643

77

71

644

79

72

645

78

70

646

80

70

647

82

71

648

84

71

649

83

71

650

83

73

651

81

70

652

80

71

653

78

71

654

76

70

655

76

70

656

76

71

657

79

71

658

78

71

659

81

70

660

83

72

661

84

71

662

86

71

663

87

71

664

92

72

665

91

72

666

90

71

667

90

71

668

91

71

669

90

70

670

90

72

671

91

71

672

90

71

673

90

71

674

92

72

675

93

69

676

90

70

677

93

72

678

91

70

679

89

71

680

91

71

681

90

71

682

90

71

683

92

71

684

91

71

685

93

71

686

93

68

687

98

68

688

98

67

689

100

69

690

99

68

691

100

71

692

99

68

693

100

69

694

102

72

695

101

69

696

100

69

697

102

71

698

102

71

699

102

69

700

102

71

701

102

68

702

100

69

703

102

70

704

102

68

705

102

70

706

102

72

707

102

68

708

102

69

709

100

68

710

102

71

711

101

64

712

102

69

713

102

69

714

101

69

715

102

64

716

102

69

717

102

68

718

102

70

719

102

69

720

102

70

721

102

70

722

102

62

723

104

38

724

104

15

725

102

24

726

102

45

727

102

47

728

104

40

729

101

52

730

103

32

731

102

50

732

103

30

733

103

44

734

102

40

735

103

43

736

103

41

737

102

46

738

103

39

739

102

41

740

103

41

741

102

38

742

103

39

743

102

46

744

104

46

745

103

49

746

102

45

747

103

42

748

103

46

749

103

38

750

102

48

751

103

35

752

102

48

753

103

49

754

102

48

755

102

46

756

103

47

757

102

49

758

102

42

759

102

52

760

102

57

761

102

55

762

102

61

763

102

61

764

102

58

765

103

58

766

102

59

767

102

54

768

102

63

769

102

61

770

103

55

771

102

60

772

102

72

773

103

56

774

102

55

775

102

67

776

103

56

777

84

42

778

48

7

779

48

6

780

48

6

781

48

7

782

48

6

783

48

7

784

67

21

785

105

59

786

105

96

787

105

74

788

105

66

789

105

62

790

105

66

791

89

41

792

52

5

793

48

5

794

48

7

795

48

5

796

48

6

797

48

4

798

52

6

799

51

5

800

51

6

801

51

6

802

52

5

803

52

5

804

57

44

805

98

90

806

105

94

807

105

100

808

105

98

809

105

95

810

105

96

811

105

92

812

104

97

813

100

85

814

94

74

815

87

62

816

81

50

817

81

46

818

80

39

819

80

32

820

81

28

821

80

26

822

80

23

823

80

23

824

80

20

825

81

19

826

80

18

827

81

17

828

80

20

829

81

24

830

81

21

831

80

26

832

80

24

833

80

23

834

80

22

835

81

21

836

81

24

837

81

24

838

81

22

839

81

22

840

81

21

841

81

31

842

81

27

843

80

26

844

80

26

845

81

25

846

80

21

847

81

20

848

83

21

849

83

15

850

83

12

851

83

9

852

83

8

853

83

7

854

83

6

855

83

6

856

83

6

857

83

6

858

83

6

859

76

5

860

49

8

861

51

7

862

51

20

863

78

52

864

80

38

865

81

33

866

83

29

867

83

22

868

83

16

869

83

12

870

83

9

871

83

8

872

83

7

873

83

6

874

83

6

875

83

6

876

83

6

877

83

6

878

59

4

879

50

5

880

51

5

881

51

5

882

51

5

883

50

5

884

50

5

885

50

5

886

50

5

887

50

5

888

51

5

889

51

5

890

51

5

891

63

50

892

81

34

893

81

25

894

81

29

895

81

23

896

80

24

897

81

24

898

81

28

899

81

27

900

81

22

901

81

19

902

81

17

903

81

17

904

81

17

905

81

15

906

80

15

907

80

28

908

81

22

909

81

24

910

81

19

911

81

21

912

81

20

913

83

26

914

80

63

915

80

59

916

83

100

917

81

73

918

83

53

919

80

76

920

81

61

921

80

50

922

81

37

923

82

49

924

83

37

925

83

25

926

83

17

927

83

13

928

83

10

929

83

8

930

83

7

931

83

7

932

83

6

933

83

6

934

83

6

935

71

5

936

49

24

937

69

64

938

81

50

939

81

43

940

81

42

941

81

31

942

81

30

943

81

35

944

81

28

945

81

27

946

80

27

947

81

31

948

81

41

949

81

41

950

81

37

951

81

43

952

81

34

953

81

31

954

81

26

955

81

23

956

81

27

957

81

38

958

81

40

959

81

39

960

81

27

961

81

33

962

80

28

963

81

34

964

83

72

965

81

49

966

81

51

967

80

55

968

81

48

969

81

36

970

81

39

971

81

38

972

80

41

973

81

30

974

81

23

975

81

19

976

81

25

977

81

29

978

83

47

979

81

90

980

81

75

981

80

60

982

81

48

983

81

41

984

81

30

985

80

24

986

81

20

987

81

21

988

81

29

989

81

29

990

81

27

991

81

23

992

81

25

993

81

26

994

81

22

995

81

20

996

81

17

997

81

23

998

83

65

999

81

54

1 000

81

50

1 001

81

41

1 002

81

35

1 003

81

37

1 004

81

29

1 005

81

28

1 006

81

24

1 007

81

19

1 008

81

16

1 009

80

16

1 010

83

23

1 011

83

17

1 012

83

13

1 013

83

27

1 014

81

58

1 015

81

60

1 016

81

46

1 017

80

41

1 018

80

36

1 019

81

26

1 020

86

18

1 021

82

35

1 022

79

53

1 023

82

30

1 024

83

29

1 025

83

32

1 026

83

28

1 027

76

60

1 028

79

51

1 029

86

26

1 030

82

34

1 031

84

25

1 032

86

23

1 033

85

22

1 034

83

26

1 035

83

25

1 036

83

37

1 037

84

14

1 038

83

39

1 039

76

70

1 040

78

81

1 041

75

71

1 042

86

47

1 043

83

35

1 044

81

43

1 045

81

41

1 046

79

46

1 047

80

44

1 048

84

20

1 049

79

31

1 050

87

29

1 051

82

49

1 052

84

21

1 053

82

56

1 054

81

30

1 055

85

21

1 056

86

16

1 057

79

52

1 058

78

60

1 059

74

55

1 060

78

84

1 061

80

54

1 062

80

35

1 063

82

24

1 064

83

43

1 065

79

49

1 066

83

50

1 067

86

12

1 068

64

14

1 069

24

14

1 070

49

21

1 071

77

48

1 072

103

11

1 073

98

48

1 074

101

34

1 075

99

39

1 076

103

11

1 077

103

19

1 078

103

7

1 079

103

13

1 080

103

10

1 081

102

13

1 082

101

29

1 083

102

25

1 084

102

20

1 085

96

60

1 086

99

38

1 087

102

24

1 088

100

31

1 089

100

28

1 090

98

3

1 091

102

26

1 092

95

64

1 093

102

23

1 094

102

25

1 095

98

42

1 096

93

68

1 097

101

25

1 098

95

64

1 099

101

35

1 100

94

59

1 101

97

37

1 102

97

60

1 103

93

98

1 104

98

53

1 105

103

13

1 106

103

11

1 107

103

11

1 108

103

13

1 109

103

10

1 110

103

10

1 111

103

11

1 112

103

10

1 113

103

10

1 114

102

18

1 115

102

31

1 116

101

24

1 117

102

19

1 118

103

10

1 119

102

12

1 120

99

56

1 121

96

59

1 122

74

28

1 123

66

62

1 124

74

29

1 125

64

74

1 126

69

40

1 127

76

2

1 128

72

29

1 129

66

65

1 130

54

69

1 131

69

56

1 132

69

40

1 133

73

54

1 134

63

92

1 135

61

67

1 136

72

42

1 137

78

2

1 138

76

34

1 139

67

80

1 140

70

67

1 141

53

70

1 142

72

65

1 143

60

57

1 144

74

29

1 145

69

31

1 146

76

1

1 147

74

22

1 148

72

52

1 149

62

96

1 150

54

72

1 151

72

28

1 152

72

35

1 153

64

68

1 154

74

27

1 155

76

14

1 156

69

38

1 157

66

59

1 158

64

99

1 159

51

86

1 160

70

53

1 161

72

36

1 162

71

47

1 163

70

42

1 164

67

34

1 165

74

2

1 166

75

21

1 167

74

15

1 168

75

13

1 169

76

10

1 170

75

13

1 171

75

10

1 172

75

7

1 173

75

13

1 174

76

8

1 175

76

7

1 176

67

45

1 177

75

13

1 178

75

12

1 179

73

21

1 180

68

46

1 181

74

8

1 182

76

11

1 183

76

14

1 184

74

11

1 185

74

18

1 186

73

22

1 187

74

20

1 188

74

19

1 189

70

22

1 190

71

23

1 191

73

19

1 192

73

19

1 193

72

20

1 194

64

60

1 195

70

39

1 196

66

56

1 197

68

64

1 198

30

68

1 199

70

38

1 200

66

47

1 201

76

14

1 202

74

18

1 203

69

46

1 204

68

62

1 205

68

62

1 206

68

62

1 207

68

62

1 208

68

62

1 209

68

62

1 210

54

50

1 211

41

37

1 212

27

25

1 213

14

12

1 214

0

0

1 215

0

0

1 216

0

0

1 217

0

0

1 218

0

0

1 219

0

0

1 220

0

0

1 221

0

0

1 222

0

0

1 223

0

0

1 224

0

0

1 225

0

0

1 226

0

0

1 227

0

0

1 228

0

0

1 229

0

0

1 230

0

0

1 231

0

0

1 232

0

0

1 233

0

0

1 234

0

0

1 235

0

0

1 236

0

0

1 237

0

0

1 238

0

0

A graphical display of the NRTC dynamometer schedule is shown below

APPENDIX 5

DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS

1.   EMISSION DURABILITY PERIOD AND DETERIORATION FACTORS.

This appendix shall apply to CI engines Stage IIIA and IIIB and IV only.

| 1.1. | Manufacturers shall determine a Deterioration Factor (DF) value for each regulated pollutant for all Stage IIIA and IIIB engine families. Such DFs shall be used for type approval and production line testing. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.1.1. | Test to establish DFs shall be conducted as follows: |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.

| 1.1.1.1. | The manufacturer shall conduct durability tests to accumulate engine operating hours according to a test schedule that is selected on the basis of good engineering judgement to be representative of in-use engine operation in respect to characterising emission performance deterioration. The durability test period should typically represent the equivalent of at least one quarter of the emission durability period (EDP).
  Service accumulation operating hours may be acquired through running engines on a dynamometer test bed or from actual in-field machine operation. Accelerated durability tests can be applied whereby the service accumulation test schedule is performed at a higher load factor than typically experienced in the field. The acceleration factor relating the number of engine durability test hours to the equivalent number of EDP hours shall be determined by the engine manufacturer based on good engineering judgement.
  During the period of the durability test, no emission sensitive components can be serviced or replaced other than to the routine service schedule recommended by the manufacturer.
  The test engine, subsystems, or components to be used to determine exhaust emission DFs for an engine family, or for engine families of equivalent emission control system technology, shall be selected by the engine manufacturer on the basis of good engineering judgement. The criterion is that the test engine should represent the emission deterioration characteristic of the engine families that will apply the resulting DF values for certification approval. Engines of different bore and stroke, different configuration, different air management systems, different fuel systems can be considered as equivalent in respect to emissions deterioration characteristics if there is a reasonable technical basis for such determination.
  DF values from another manufacturer can be applied if there is a reasonable basis for considering technology equivalence with respect to emissions deterioration, and evidence that the tests have been carried according to the specified requirements.
  Emissions testing will be performed according to the procedures defined in this Directive for the test engine after initial run-in but before any service accumulation, and at the completion of the durability. Emission tests can also be performed at intervals during the service accumulation test period, and applied in determining the deterioration trend. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.1.

Service accumulation operating hours may be acquired through running engines on a dynamometer test bed or from actual in-field machine operation. Accelerated durability tests can be applied whereby the service accumulation test schedule is performed at a higher load factor than typically experienced in the field. The acceleration factor relating the number of engine durability test hours to the equivalent number of EDP hours shall be determined by the engine manufacturer based on good engineering judgement.

During the period of the durability test, no emission sensitive components can be serviced or replaced other than to the routine service schedule recommended by the manufacturer.

The test engine, subsystems, or components to be used to determine exhaust emission DFs for an engine family, or for engine families of equivalent emission control system technology, shall be selected by the engine manufacturer on the basis of good engineering judgement. The criterion is that the test engine should represent the emission deterioration characteristic of the engine families that will apply the resulting DF values for certification approval. Engines of different bore and stroke, different configuration, different air management systems, different fuel systems can be considered as equivalent in respect to emissions deterioration characteristics if there is a reasonable technical basis for such determination.

DF values from another manufacturer can be applied if there is a reasonable basis for considering technology equivalence with respect to emissions deterioration, and evidence that the tests have been carried according to the specified requirements.

Emissions testing will be performed according to the procedures defined in this Directive for the test engine after initial run-in but before any service accumulation, and at the completion of the durability. Emission tests can also be performed at intervals during the service accumulation test period, and applied in determining the deterioration trend.

| 1.1.1.2. | The service accumulation tests or the emissions tests performed to determine deterioration must not be witnessed by the approval authority. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.2.

| 1.1.1.3. | Determination of DF values from durability tests
  An additive DF is defined as the value obtained by subtraction of the emission value determine at the beginning of the EDP, from the emissions value determined to represent the emission performance at the end of the EDP.
  A multiplicative DF is defined as the emission level determined for the end of the EDP divided by the emission value recorded at the beginning of the EDP.
  Separate DF values shall be established for each of the pollutants covered by the legislation. In the case of establishing a DF value relative to the NOx + HC standard, for an additive DF, this is determined based on the sum of the pollutants notwithstanding that a negative deterioration for one pollutant may not offset deterioration for the other. For a multiplicative NOx+HC DF, separate HC and NOx DFs shall be determined and applied separately when calculating the deteriorated emission levels from an emissions test result before combining the resultant deteriorated NOx and HC values to establish compliance with the standard.
  In cases where the testing is not conducted for the full EDP, the emission values at the end of the EDP is determined by extrapolation of the emission deterioration trend established for the test period, to the full EDP.
  When emissions test results have been recorded periodically during the service accumulation durability testing, standard statistical processing techniques based on good practice shall be applied to determine the emission levels at the end of the EDP; statistical significance testing can be applied in the determination of the final emissions values.
  If the calculation results in a value of less than 1,00 for a multiplicative DF, or less than 0,00 for an additive DF, then the DF shall be 1,0 or 0,00, respectively. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.3.

An additive DF is defined as the value obtained by subtraction of the emission value determine at the beginning of the EDP, from the emissions value determined to represent the emission performance at the end of the EDP.

A multiplicative DF is defined as the emission level determined for the end of the EDP divided by the emission value recorded at the beginning of the EDP.

Separate DF values shall be established for each of the pollutants covered by the legislation. In the case of establishing a DF value relative to the NOx + HC standard, for an additive DF, this is determined based on the sum of the pollutants notwithstanding that a negative deterioration for one pollutant may not offset deterioration for the other. For a multiplicative NOx+HC DF, separate HC and NOx DFs shall be determined and applied separately when calculating the deteriorated emission levels from an emissions test result before combining the resultant deteriorated NOx and HC values to establish compliance with the standard.

In cases where the testing is not conducted for the full EDP, the emission values at the end of the EDP is determined by extrapolation of the emission deterioration trend established for the test period, to the full EDP.

When emissions test results have been recorded periodically during the service accumulation durability testing, standard statistical processing techniques based on good practice shall be applied to determine the emission levels at the end of the EDP; statistical significance testing can be applied in the determination of the final emissions values.

If the calculation results in a value of less than 1,00 for a multiplicative DF, or less than 0,00 for an additive DF, then the DF shall be 1,0 or 0,00, respectively.

| 1.1.1.4. | A manufacturer may, with the approval of the type approval authority, use DF values established from results of durability tests conducted to obtain DF values for certification of on-road HD CI engines. This will be allowed if there is technological equivalency between the test on-road engine and the non-road engine families applying the DF values for certification. The DF values derived from on-road engine emission durability test results, must be calculated on the basis of EDP values defined in section 2. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.4.

| 1.1.1.5. | In the case where an engine family uses established technology, an analysis based on good engineering practices may be used in lieu of testing to determine a deterioration factor for that engine family subject to approval of the type approval authority. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.5.

| 1.2. | DF information in approval applications |
| --- | --- |

1.2.

| 1.2.1. | Additive DFs shall be specified for each pollutant in an engine family certification application for CI engines not using any after-treatment device. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.1.

| 1.2.2. | Multiplicative DFs shall be specified for each pollutant in an engine family certification application for CI engines using an after-treatment device. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.2.

| 1.2.3. | The manufacture shall furnish the type-approval agency on request with information to support the DF values. This would typically include emission test results, service accumulation test schedule, maintenance procedures together with information to support engineering judgements of technological equivalency, if applicable. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.3.

2.   EMISSION DURABILITY PERIODS FOR STAGE IIIA, IIIB AND IV ENGINES.

| 2.1. | Manufacturers shall use the EDP in Table 1 of this section.
  Table 1:   EDP categories for CI Stage IIIA, IIIB and IV Engines (hours)






  Category (power band) | Useful life (hours)
  (PDE) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| ≤ 37 kW
  (constant speed engines) | 3 000 |
| ≤ 37 kW
  (not constant speed engines) | 5 000 |
| > 37 kW | 8 000 |
| Engines for the use in inland waterway vessels | 10 000 |
| Railcar engines | 10 000 |

2.1.

Table 1:   EDP categories for CI Stage IIIA, IIIB and IV Engines (hours)

Category (power band)

Useful life (hours)

(PDE)

≤ 37 kW

(constant speed engines)

3 000

≤ 37 kW

(not constant speed engines)

5 000

> 37 kW

8 000

Engines for the use in inland waterway vessels

10 000

Railcar engines

10 000

3.   Annex V IS amended as follows:

| 1. | The heading is replaced by the following:

  ‘TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF REFERENCE FUEL PRESCRIBED FOR APPROVAL TESTS AND TO VERIFY CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION
  NON-ROAD MOBILE MACHINERY REFERENCE FUEL FOR CI ENGINES TYPE APPROVED TO MEET STAGE I and II LIMIT VALUES AND FOR ENGINES TO BE USED IN INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS.’ |
| --- | --- |

1.

The heading is replaced by the following:

‘TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF REFERENCE FUEL PRESCRIBED FOR APPROVAL TESTS AND TO VERIFY CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

NON-ROAD MOBILE MACHINERY REFERENCE FUEL FOR CI ENGINES TYPE APPROVED TO MEET STAGE I and II LIMIT VALUES AND FOR ENGINES TO BE USED IN INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS.’

| 2. | The following text is inserted after the current table on reference fuel for diesel as follows:

  ‘NON-ROAD MOBILE MACHINERY REFERENCE FUEL FOR CI ENGINES TYPE APPROVED TO MEET STAGE IIIA LIMIT VALUES.









  Parameter | Unit | Limits (13) | Test method |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum | Maximum |
| Cetane number (14) | | 52 | 54,0 | EN-ISO 5165 |
| Density at 15 °C | kg/m3 | 833 | 837 | EN-ISO 3675 |
| Distillation: | | | | |
| 50 % point | °C | 245 | — | EN-ISO 3405 |
| 95 % point | °C | 345 | 350 | EN-ISO 3405 |
| - Final boiling point | °C | — | 370 | EN-ISO 3405 |
| Flash point | °C | 55 | — | EN 22719 |
| CFPP | °C | — | -5 | EN 116 |
| Viscosity at 40 °C | mm2/s | 2,5 | 3,5 | EN-ISO 3104 |
| Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons | % m/m | 3,0 | 6,0 | IP 391 |
| Sulphur content (15) | mg/kg | — | 300 | ASTM D 5453 |
| Copper corrosion | | — | class 1 | EN-ISO 2160 |
| Conradson carbon residue (10 % DR) | % m/m | — | 0,2 | EN-ISO 10370 |
| Ash content | % m/m | — | 0,01 | EN-ISO 6245 |
| Water content | % m/m | — | 0,05 | EN-ISO 12937 |
| Neutralisation (strong acid) number | mg KOH/g | — | 0,02 | ASTM D 974 |
| Oxidation stability (16) | mg/ml | — | 0,025 | EN-ISO 12205 |

2.

The following text is inserted after the current table on reference fuel for diesel as follows:

‘NON-ROAD MOBILE MACHINERY REFERENCE FUEL FOR CI ENGINES TYPE APPROVED TO MEET STAGE IIIA LIMIT VALUES.

Parameter

Unit

Limits (13)

13

Test method

Minimum

Maximum

Cetane number (14)

14

52

54,0

EN-ISO 5165

Density at 15 °C

kg/m3

3

833

837

EN-ISO 3675

Distillation:

50 % point

°C

245

—

EN-ISO 3405

95 % point

°C

345

350

EN-ISO 3405

- Final boiling point

°C

—

370

EN-ISO 3405

Flash point

°C

55

—

EN 22719

CFPP

°C

—

-5

EN 116

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm2/s

2

2,5

3,5

EN-ISO 3104

Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

% m/m

3,0

6,0

IP 391

Sulphur content (15)

15

mg/kg

—

300

ASTM D 5453

Copper corrosion

—

class 1

EN-ISO 2160

Conradson carbon residue (10 % DR)

% m/m

—

0,2

EN-ISO 10370

Ash content

% m/m

—

0,01

EN-ISO 6245

Water content

% m/m

—

0,05

EN-ISO 12937

Neutralisation (strong acid) number

mg KOH/g

—

0,02

ASTM D 974

Oxidation stability (16)

16

mg/ml

—

0,025

EN-ISO 12205

NON-ROAD MOBILE MACHINERY REFERENCE FUEL FOR CI ENGINES TYPE APPROVED TO MEET STAGE IIIB AND IV LIMIT VALUES.

| Parameter | Unit | Limits (17) | Test method |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Minimum | Maximum |
| Cetane number (18) | | | 54,0 | EN-ISO 5165 |
| Density at 15 °C | kg/m3 | 833 | 837 | EN-ISO 3675 |
| Distillation: | | | | |
| 50 % point | °C | 245 | — | EN-ISO 3405 |
| 95 % point | °C | 345 | 350 | EN-ISO 3405 |
| — | Final boiling point |

Parameter

Unit

Limits (17)

17

Test method

Minimum

Maximum

Cetane number (18)

18

54,0

EN-ISO 5165

Density at 15 °C

kg/m3

3

833

837

EN-ISO 3675

Distillation:

50 % point

°C

245

—

EN-ISO 3405

95 % point

°C

345

350

EN-ISO 3405

—

Final boiling point

°C

—

370

EN-ISO 3405

Flash point

°C

55

—

EN 22719

CFPP

°C

—

-5

EN 116

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm2/s

2

2,3

3,3

EN-ISO 3104

Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

% m/m

3,0

6,0

IP 391

Sulphur content (19)

19

mg/kg

—

10

ASTM D 5453

Copper corrosion

—

class 1

EN-ISO 2160

Conradson carbon residue (10 % DR)

% m/m

—

0,2

EN-ISO 10370

Ash content

% m/m

—

0,01

EN-ISO 6245

Water content

% m/m

—

0,02

EN-ISO 12937

Neutralisation (strong acid) number

mg KOH/g

—

0,02

ASTM D 974

Oxidation stability (20)

20

mg/ml

—

0,025

EN-ISO 12205

Lubricity (HFRR wear scar diameter at 60 °C)

μm

—

400

CEC F-06-A-96

FAME

prohibited

4.   ANNEX VII IS AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:

Apppendix 1 is replaced by the following:

‘Appendix 1

TEST RESULTS FOR COMPRESSION IGNITION ENGINES

TEST RESULTS

1.   INFORMATION CONCERNING THE CONDUCT OF THE NRSC TEST (21):

1.1.   Reference fuel used for test

| 1.1.1. | Cetane number: |
| --- | --- |

1.1.1.

| 1.1.2. | Sulphur content: |
| --- | --- |

1.1.2.

| 1.1.3. | Density |
| --- | --- |

1.1.3.

1.2.   Lubricant

| 1.2.1. | Make(s): |
| --- | --- |

1.2.1.

| 1.2.2. | Type(s):
  (state percentage of oil in mixture if lubricant and fuel are mixed) |
| --- | --- |

1.2.2.

(state percentage of oil in mixture if lubricant and fuel are mixed)

1.3.   Engine driven equipment (if applicable)

| 1.3.1. | Enumeration and identifying details: |
| --- | --- |

1.3.1.

| 1.3.2. | Power absorbed at indicated engine speeds (as specified by the manufacturer): | Power PAE (kW) absorbed at various engine speeds (22), taking into account Appendix 3 of this Annex |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Equipment | Intermediate (if applicable) | Rated |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| Total: | | |

1.3.2.

Power PAE (kW) absorbed at various engine speeds (22), taking into account Appendix 3 of this Annex

Equipment

Intermediate (if applicable)

Rated

Total:

1.4.   Engine performance

| 1.4.1. | Engine speeds: |
| --- | --- |

1.4.1.

Image 92

| 1.4.2. | Engine power (23) | Power setting (kW) at various engine speeds |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Condition | Intermediate (if applicable) | Rated |
| Maximum power measured on test (PM)
  (kW) (a) | | |
| Total power absorbed by engine driven equipment as per section 1.3.2 of this Appendix, or section 3.1 of Annex III (PAE)
  (kW) (b) | | |
| Net engine power as specified in section 2.4 of Annex I (kW) (c) | | |
| c = a + b | | |

1.4.2.

Power setting (kW) at various engine speeds

Condition

Intermediate (if applicable)

Rated

Maximum power measured on test (PM)

(kW) (a)

Total power absorbed by engine driven equipment as per section 1.3.2 of this Appendix, or section 3.1 of Annex III (PAE)

(kW) (b)

Net engine power as specified in section 2.4 of Annex I (kW) (c)

c = a + b

1.5.   Emission levels

| 1.5.1. | Dynamometer setting (kW) | Dynamometer setting (kW) at various engine speeds |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Percent Load | Intermediate (if applicable) | Rated |
| 10 (if applicable) | | |
| 25 (if applicable) | | |
| 50 | | |
| 75 | | |
| 100 | | |

1.5.1.

Dynamometer setting (kW) at various engine speeds

Percent Load

Intermediate (if applicable)

Rated

10 (if applicable)

25 (if applicable)

50

75

100

| 1.5.2. | Emission results on the NRSC test: |
| --- | --- |

1.5.2.

Image 93

| 1.5.3. | Sampling system used for the NRSC test: |
| --- | --- |

1.5.3.

| 1.5.3.1. | Gaseous emissions (24): |
| --- | --- |

1.5.3.1.

| 1.5.3.2. | Particulates: |
| --- | --- |

1.5.3.2.

| 1.5.3.2.1. | Method (25): single/multiple filter |
| --- | --- |

1.5.3.2.1.

2.   INFORMATION CONCERNING THE CONDUCT OF THE NRTC TEST (26):

2.1.   Emission results on the NRTC test:

2.2.   Sampling system used for the NRTC test:

Gaseous emissions:

Particulates:

Method: single/multiple filter ’

5.   Annex XII is amended as follows:

The following section is added:

| 3. | ‘ For engines categories H, I, and J (stage IIIA) and engines category K, L and M (stage IIIB) as defined in Article 9, section 3, the following type-approvals and, where applicable, the pertaining approval marks are recognised as being equivalent to an approval to this Directive. |
| --- | --- |

3.

| 3.1. | Type-approvals to Directive 88/77/EEC, as amended by Directive 99/96/EC, which are in compliance with stages B1, B2 or C provided for in Article 2 and section 6.2.1. of Annex I. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

| 3.2. | UN-ECE Regulation 49.03. series of amendments which are in compliance with stages B1, B2 and C provided for in paragraph 5.2.’ |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

ANNEX II

‘Annex VI

ANALYTICAL AND SAMPLING SYSTEM

1.   GASEOUS AND PARTICULATE SAMPLING SYSTEMS

| Figure number | Description |
| --- | --- |
| 2 | Exhaust gas analysis system for raw exhaust |
| 3 | Exhaust gas analysis system for dilute exhaust |
| 4 | Partial flow, isokinetic flow, suction blower control, fractional sampling |
| 5 | Partial flow, isokinetic flow, pressure blower control, fractional sampling |
| 6 | Partial flow, CO2 or NOx control, fractional sampling |
| 7 | Partial flow, CO2 or carbon balance, total sampling |
| 8 | Partial flow, single venturi and concentration measurement, fractional sampling |
| 9 | Partial flow, twin venturi or orifice and concentration measurement, fractional sampling |
| 10 | Partial flow, multiple tube splitting and concentration measurement, fractional sampling |
| 11 | Partial flow, flow control, total sampling |
| 12 | Partial flow, flow control, fractional sampling |
| 13 | Full flow, positive displacement pump or critical flow venturi, fractional sampling |
| 14 | Particulate sampling system |
| 15 | Dilution system for full flow system |

Figure number

Description

2

Exhaust gas analysis system for raw exhaust

3

Exhaust gas analysis system for dilute exhaust

4

Partial flow, isokinetic flow, suction blower control, fractional sampling

5

Partial flow, isokinetic flow, pressure blower control, fractional sampling

6

Partial flow, CO2 or NOx control, fractional sampling

7

Partial flow, CO2 or carbon balance, total sampling

8

Partial flow, single venturi and concentration measurement, fractional sampling

9

Partial flow, twin venturi or orifice and concentration measurement, fractional sampling

10

Partial flow, multiple tube splitting and concentration measurement, fractional sampling

11

Partial flow, flow control, total sampling

12

Partial flow, flow control, fractional sampling

13

Full flow, positive displacement pump or critical flow venturi, fractional sampling

14

Particulate sampling system

15

Dilution system for full flow system

1.1.   Determination of the gaseous emissions

Section 1.1.1 and Figures 2 and 3 contain detailed descriptions of the recommended sampling and analysing systems. Since various configurations can produce equivalent results, exact conformance with these figures is not required. Additional components such as instruments, valves, solenoids, pumps and switches may be used to provide additional information and coordinate the functions of the component systems. Other components which are not needed to maintain the accuracy on some systems, may be excluded if their exclusion is based upon good engineering judgement.

1.1.1.   Gaseous exhaust components CO, CO2, HC, NOx

An analytical system for the determination of the gaseous emissions in the raw or diluted exhaust gas is described based on the use of:

| — | HFID analyser for the measurement of hydrocarbons, |
| --- | --- |

—

HFID analyser for the measurement of hydrocarbons,

| — | NDIR analysers for the measurement of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide, |
| --- | --- |

—

NDIR analysers for the measurement of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide,

| — | HCLD or equivalent analyser for the measurement of nitrogen oxide. |
| --- | --- |

—

HCLD or equivalent analyser for the measurement of nitrogen oxide.

For the raw exhaust gas (Figure 2), the sample for all components may be taken with one sampling probe or with two sampling probes located in close proximity and internally split to the different analysers. Care must be taken that no condensation of exhaust components (including water and sulphuric acid) occurs at any point of the analytical system.

For the diluted exhaust gas (Figure 3), the sample for the hydrocarbons shall be taken with another sampling probe than the sample for the other components. Care must be taken that no condensation of exhaust components (including water and sulphuric acid) occurs at any point of the analytical system.

Figure 2

Flow diagram of exhaust gas analysis system for CO, NOx and HC

Image 95

Figure 3

Flow diagram of dilute exhaust gas analysis system for CO, CO2, NOx and HC

Image 96

Descriptions — Figures 2 and 3

General statement:

All components in the sampling gas path must be maintained at the temperature specified for the respective systems.

| — | SP1 raw exhaust gas sampling probe (Figure 2 only)
  A stainless steel straight closed and multihole probe is recommended. The inside diameter shall not be greater than the inside diameter of the sampling line. The wall thickness of the probe shall not be greater than 1 mm. There shall be a minimum of three holes in three different radial planes sized to sample approximately the same flow. The probe must extend across at least 80 % of the diameter of the exhaust pipe. |
| --- | --- |

—

A stainless steel straight closed and multihole probe is recommended. The inside diameter shall not be greater than the inside diameter of the sampling line. The wall thickness of the probe shall not be greater than 1 mm. There shall be a minimum of three holes in three different radial planes sized to sample approximately the same flow. The probe must extend across at least 80 % of the diameter of the exhaust pipe.

| — | SP2 dilute exhaust gas HC sampling probe (Figure 3 only)
  The probe shall:






  — | be defined as the first 254 mm to 762 mm of the hydrocarbon sampling line (HSL3), |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The probe shall:

—

be defined as the first 254 mm to 762 mm of the hydrocarbon sampling line (HSL3),

| — | have a 5 mm minimum inside diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

have a 5 mm minimum inside diameter,

| — | be installed in the dilution tunnel DT (section 1.2.1.2) at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed (i.e. approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel), |
| --- | --- |

—

be installed in the dilution tunnel DT (section 1.2.1.2) at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed (i.e. approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel),

| — | be sufficiently distant (radially) from other probes and the tunnel wall so as to be free from the influence of any wakes or eddies, |
| --- | --- |

—

be sufficiently distant (radially) from other probes and the tunnel wall so as to be free from the influence of any wakes or eddies,

| — | be heated so as to increase the gas stream temperature to 463 K (190 °C) ± 10 K at the exit of the probe. |
| --- | --- |

—

be heated so as to increase the gas stream temperature to 463 K (190 °C) ± 10 K at the exit of the probe.

| — | SP3 dilute exhaust gas CO, CO2, NOx sampling probe (Figure 3 only)
  The probe shall:






  — | be in the same plane as SP2, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The probe shall:

—

be in the same plane as SP2,

| — | be sufficiently distant (radially) from other probes and the tunnel wall so as to be free from the influence of any wakes or eddies, |
| --- | --- |

—

be sufficiently distant (radially) from other probes and the tunnel wall so as to be free from the influence of any wakes or eddies,

| — | be heated and insulated over its entire length to a minimum temperature of 328 K (55 °C) to prevent water condensation. |
| --- | --- |

—

be heated and insulated over its entire length to a minimum temperature of 328 K (55 °C) to prevent water condensation.

| — | HSL1 heated sampling line
  The sampling line provides gas sampling from a single probe to the split point(s) and the HC analyser.
  The sampling line shall:






  — | have a 5 mm minimum and a 13,5 mm maximum inside diameter, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The sampling line provides gas sampling from a single probe to the split point(s) and the HC analyser.

The sampling line shall:

—

have a 5 mm minimum and a 13,5 mm maximum inside diameter,

| — | be made of stainless steel or PTFE, |
| --- | --- |

—

be made of stainless steel or PTFE,

| — | maintain a wall temperature of 463 (190 °C) ± 10 K as measured at every separately controlled heated section, if the temperature of the exhaust gas at the sampling probe is equal or below 463 K (190 °C), |
| --- | --- |

—

maintain a wall temperature of 463 (190 °C) ± 10 K as measured at every separately controlled heated section, if the temperature of the exhaust gas at the sampling probe is equal or below 463 K (190 °C),

| — | maintain a wall temperature greater than 453 K (180 °C) if the temperature of the exhaust gas at the sampling probe is above 463 K (190 °C), |
| --- | --- |

—

maintain a wall temperature greater than 453 K (180 °C) if the temperature of the exhaust gas at the sampling probe is above 463 K (190 °C),

| — | maintain a gas temperature of 463 K (190 °C) ± 10 K immediately before the heated filter (F2) and the HFID. |
| --- | --- |

—

maintain a gas temperature of 463 K (190 °C) ± 10 K immediately before the heated filter (F2) and the HFID.

| — | HSL2 heated NOx sampling line
  The sampling line shall:






  — | maintain a wall temperature of 328 to 473 K (55 to 200 °C) up to the converter when using a cooling bath, and up to the analyser when a cooling bath is not used, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The sampling line shall:

—

maintain a wall temperature of 328 to 473 K (55 to 200 °C) up to the converter when using a cooling bath, and up to the analyser when a cooling bath is not used,

| — | be made of stainless steel or PTFE. |
| --- | --- |

—

be made of stainless steel or PTFE.

Since the sampling line need only be heated to prevent condensation of water and sulphuric acid, the sampling line temperature will depend on the sulphur content of the fuel.

| — | SL sampling line for CO (CO2)
  The line shall be made of PTFE or stainless steel. It may be heated or unheated. |
| --- | --- |

—

The line shall be made of PTFE or stainless steel. It may be heated or unheated.

| — | BK background bag (optional; Figure 3 only)
  For the measurement of the background concentrations. |
| --- | --- |

—

For the measurement of the background concentrations.

| — | BG sample bag (optional; Figure 3 CO and CO2 only)
  For the measurement of the sample concentrations. |
| --- | --- |

—

For the measurement of the sample concentrations.

| — | F1 heated pre-filter (optional)
  The temperature shall be the same as HSL1. |
| --- | --- |

—

The temperature shall be the same as HSL1.

| — | F2 heated filter
  The filter shall extract any solid particles from the gas sample prior to the analyser. The temperature shall be the same as HSL1. The filter shall be changed as needed. |
| --- | --- |

—

The filter shall extract any solid particles from the gas sample prior to the analyser. The temperature shall be the same as HSL1. The filter shall be changed as needed.

| — | P heated sampling pump
  The pump shall be heated to the temperature of HSL1. |
| --- | --- |

—

The pump shall be heated to the temperature of HSL1.

| — | HC
  Heated flame ionization detector (HFID) for the determination of the hydrocarbons. The temperature shall be kept at 453 to 473 K (180 to 200 °C). |
| --- | --- |

—

Heated flame ionization detector (HFID) for the determination of the hydrocarbons. The temperature shall be kept at 453 to 473 K (180 to 200 °C).

| — | CO, CO2

  NDIR analysers for the determination of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide. |
| --- | --- |

—

NDIR analysers for the determination of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

| — | NO2

  (H)CLD analyser for the determination of the oxides of nitrogen. If a HCLD is used it shall be kept at a temperature of 328 to 473 K (55 to 200 °C). |
| --- | --- |

—

(H)CLD analyser for the determination of the oxides of nitrogen. If a HCLD is used it shall be kept at a temperature of 328 to 473 K (55 to 200 °C).

| — | C converter
  A converter shall be used for the catalytic reduction of NO2 to NO prior to analysis in the CLD or HCLD. |
| --- | --- |

—

A converter shall be used for the catalytic reduction of NO2 to NO prior to analysis in the CLD or HCLD.

| — | B cooling bath
  To cool and condense water from the exhaust sample. The bath shall be maintained at a temperature of 273 to 277 K (0 to 4 °C) by ice or refrigeration. It is optional if the analyser is free from water vapour interference as determined in Annex III, Appendix 2, sections 1.9.1 and 1.9.2.
  Chemical dryers are not allowed for removing water from the sample. |
| --- | --- |

—

To cool and condense water from the exhaust sample. The bath shall be maintained at a temperature of 273 to 277 K (0 to 4 °C) by ice or refrigeration. It is optional if the analyser is free from water vapour interference as determined in Annex III, Appendix 2, sections 1.9.1 and 1.9.2.

Chemical dryers are not allowed for removing water from the sample.

| — | T1, T2, T3 temperature sensor
  To monitor the temperature of the gas stream. |
| --- | --- |

—

To monitor the temperature of the gas stream.

| — | T4 temperature sensor
  Temperature of the NO2-NO converter. |
| --- | --- |

—

Temperature of the NO2-NO converter.

| — | T5 temperature sensor
  To monitor the temperature of the cooling bath. |
| --- | --- |

—

To monitor the temperature of the cooling bath.

| — | G1, G2, G3 pressure gauge
  To measure the pressure in the sampling lines. |
| --- | --- |

—

To measure the pressure in the sampling lines.

| — | R1, R2 pressure regulator
  To control the pressure of the air and the fuel, respectively, for the HFID. |
| --- | --- |

—

To control the pressure of the air and the fuel, respectively, for the HFID.

| — | R3, R4, R5 pressure regulator
  To control the pressure in the sampling lines and the flow to the analysers. |
| --- | --- |

—

To control the pressure in the sampling lines and the flow to the analysers.

| — | FL1, FL2, FL3 flow meter
  To monitor the sample bypass flow. |
| --- | --- |

—

To monitor the sample bypass flow.

| — | FL4 to FL7 flow meter (optional)
  To monitor the flow rate through the analysers. |
| --- | --- |

—

To monitor the flow rate through the analysers.

| — | V1 to V6 selector valve
  Suitable valving for selecting sample, span gas or zero gas flow to the analyser. |
| --- | --- |

—

Suitable valving for selecting sample, span gas or zero gas flow to the analyser.

| — | V7, V8 solenoid valve
  To bypass the NO2-NO converter. |
| --- | --- |

—

To bypass the NO2-NO converter.

| — | V9 needle valve
  To balance the flow through the NO2-NO converter and the bypass. |
| --- | --- |

—

To balance the flow through the NO2-NO converter and the bypass.

| — | V10, V11 needle valve
  To regulate the flows to the analysers. |
| --- | --- |

—

To regulate the flows to the analysers.

| — | V12, V13 toggle valve
  To drain the condensate from the bath B. |
| --- | --- |

—

To drain the condensate from the bath B.

| — | V14 selector valve
  Selecting the sample or background bag. |
| --- | --- |

—

Selecting the sample or background bag.

1.2.   Determination of the particulates

Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.2 and Figures 4 to 15 contain detailed descriptions of the recommended dilution and sampling systems. Since various configurations can produce equivalent results, exact conformance with these figures is not required. Additional components such as instruments, valve, solenoids, pumps and switches may be used to provide additional information and coordinate the functions of the component systems. Other components which are not needed to maintain the accuracy on some systems, may be excluded if their exclusion is based on good engineering judgement.

1.2.1.   Dilution system

1.2.1.1.   Partial flow dilution system (Figures 4 to 12) (27)

A dilution system is described based on the dilution of a part of the exhaust stream. Splitting of the exhaust stream and the following dilution process may be done by different dilution system types. For subsequent collection of the particulates, the entire dilute exhaust gas or only a portion of the dilute exhaust gas may be passed to the particulate sampling system (section 1.2.2, Figure 14). The first method is referred to as total sampling type, the second method as fractional sampling type.

The calculation of the dilution ratio depends on the type of system used.

The following types are recommended:

| — | isokinetic systems (Figures 4 and 5)
  With these systems, the flow into the transfer tube is matched to the bulk exhaust flow in terms of gas velocity and/or pressure, thus requiring an undisturbed and uniform exhaust flow at the sampling probe. This is usually achieved by using a resonator and a straight approach tube upstream of the sampling point. The split ratio is then calculated from easily measurable values like tube diameters. It should be noted that isokinesis is only used for matching the flow conditions and not for matching the size distribution. The latter is typically not necessary, as the particles are sufficiently small as to follow the fluid streamlines, |
| --- | --- |

—

With these systems, the flow into the transfer tube is matched to the bulk exhaust flow in terms of gas velocity and/or pressure, thus requiring an undisturbed and uniform exhaust flow at the sampling probe. This is usually achieved by using a resonator and a straight approach tube upstream of the sampling point. The split ratio is then calculated from easily measurable values like tube diameters. It should be noted that isokinesis is only used for matching the flow conditions and not for matching the size distribution. The latter is typically not necessary, as the particles are sufficiently small as to follow the fluid streamlines,

| — | flow controlled systems with concentration measurement (Figures 6 to 10)
  With these systems, a sample is taken from the bulk exhaust stream by adjusting the dilution air flow and the total dilution exhaust flow. The dilution ratio is determined from the concentrations of tracer gases, such as CO2 or NOx, naturally occurring in the engine exhaust. The concentrations in the dilution exhaust gas and in the dilution air are measured, whereas the concentration in the raw exhaust gas can be either measured directly or determined from fuel flow and the carbon balance equation, if the fuel composition is known. The systems may be controlled by the calculated dilution ratio (Figures 6 and 7) or by the flow into the transfer tube (Figures 8, 9 and 10), |
| --- | --- |

—

With these systems, a sample is taken from the bulk exhaust stream by adjusting the dilution air flow and the total dilution exhaust flow. The dilution ratio is determined from the concentrations of tracer gases, such as CO2 or NOx, naturally occurring in the engine exhaust. The concentrations in the dilution exhaust gas and in the dilution air are measured, whereas the concentration in the raw exhaust gas can be either measured directly or determined from fuel flow and the carbon balance equation, if the fuel composition is known. The systems may be controlled by the calculated dilution ratio (Figures 6 and 7) or by the flow into the transfer tube (Figures 8, 9 and 10),

| — | flow controlled systems with flow measurement (Figures 11 and 12)
  With these systems, a sample is taken from the bulk exhaust stream by setting the dilution air flow and the total dilution exhaust flow. The dilution ratio is determined from the difference of the two flow rates. Accurate calibration of the flow meters relative to one another is required, since the relative magnitude of the two flow rates can lead to significant errors at higher dilution ratios. Flow control is very straightforward by keeping the dilute exhaust flow rate constant and varying the dilution air flow rate, if needed.
  In order to realise the advantages of the partial flow dilution systems, attention must be paid to avoiding the potential problems of loss of particulates in the transfer tube, ensuring that a representative sample is taken from the engine exhaust, and determination of the split ratio.
  The systems described pay attention to these critical areas. |
| --- | --- |

—

With these systems, a sample is taken from the bulk exhaust stream by setting the dilution air flow and the total dilution exhaust flow. The dilution ratio is determined from the difference of the two flow rates. Accurate calibration of the flow meters relative to one another is required, since the relative magnitude of the two flow rates can lead to significant errors at higher dilution ratios. Flow control is very straightforward by keeping the dilute exhaust flow rate constant and varying the dilution air flow rate, if needed.

In order to realise the advantages of the partial flow dilution systems, attention must be paid to avoiding the potential problems of loss of particulates in the transfer tube, ensuring that a representative sample is taken from the engine exhaust, and determination of the split ratio.

The systems described pay attention to these critical areas.

Figure 4

Partial flow dilution system with isokinetic probe and fractional sampling (SB control)

Image 97

Figure 5

Partial flow dilution system with isokinetic probe and fractional sampling (PB control)

Image 98

Figure 6

Partial flow dilution system with CO2 or NOx concentration measurement and fractional sampling

Image 99

Figure 7

Partial flow dilution system with CO2 concentration measurement, carbon balance and total sampling

Image 100

Figure 8

Partial flow dilution system with single venturi, concentration measurement and fractional sampling

Image 101

Figure 9

Partial flow dilution system twin venturi or twin orifice, concentration measurement and fractional sampling

Image 102

Figure 10

Partial flow dilution system with multiple tube splitting, concentration measurement and fractional sampling

Image 103

Figure 11

Partial flow dilution system with flow control and total sampling

Image 104

Figure 12

Partial flow dilution system with flow control and fractional sampling

Image 105

Description - Figures 4 to 12

| — | EP exhaust pipe
  The exhaust pipe may be insulated. To reduce the thermal inertia of the exhaust pipe a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,015 or less is recommended. The use of flexible sections shall be limited to a length to diameter ratio of 12 or less. Bends will be minimised to reduce inertial deposition. If the system includes a test bed silencer, the silencer may also be insulated.
  For an isokinetic system, the exhaust pipe must be free of elbows, bends and sudden diameter changes for at least six pipe diameters upstream and three pipe diameters downstream of the tip of the probe. The gas velocity at the sampling zone must be higher than 10 m/s except at idle mode. Pressure oscillations of the exhaust gas must not exceed ± 500 Pa on the average. Any steps to reduce pressure oscillations beyond using a chassis-type exhaust system (including silencer and after-treatment device) must not alter engine performance nor cause the deposition of particulates.
  For systems without isokinetic probes, it is recommended to have a straight pipe of six pipe diameters upstream and three pipe diameters downstream of the tip of the probe. |
| --- | --- |

—

The exhaust pipe may be insulated. To reduce the thermal inertia of the exhaust pipe a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,015 or less is recommended. The use of flexible sections shall be limited to a length to diameter ratio of 12 or less. Bends will be minimised to reduce inertial deposition. If the system includes a test bed silencer, the silencer may also be insulated.

For an isokinetic system, the exhaust pipe must be free of elbows, bends and sudden diameter changes for at least six pipe diameters upstream and three pipe diameters downstream of the tip of the probe. The gas velocity at the sampling zone must be higher than 10 m/s except at idle mode. Pressure oscillations of the exhaust gas must not exceed ± 500 Pa on the average. Any steps to reduce pressure oscillations beyond using a chassis-type exhaust system (including silencer and after-treatment device) must not alter engine performance nor cause the deposition of particulates.

For systems without isokinetic probes, it is recommended to have a straight pipe of six pipe diameters upstream and three pipe diameters downstream of the tip of the probe.

| — | SP sampling probe (Figures 6 to 12)
  The minimum inside diameter shall be 4 mm. The minimum diameter ratio between exhaust pipe and probe shall be four. The probe shall be an open tube facing upstream on the exhaust pipe centre-line, or a multiple hole probe as described under SP1 in section 1.1.1. |
| --- | --- |

—

The minimum inside diameter shall be 4 mm. The minimum diameter ratio between exhaust pipe and probe shall be four. The probe shall be an open tube facing upstream on the exhaust pipe centre-line, or a multiple hole probe as described under SP1 in section 1.1.1.

| — | ISP isokinetic sampling probe (Figures 4 and 5)
  The isokinetic sampling probe must be installed facing upstream on the exhaust pipe centre-line where the flow conditions in section EP are met, and designed to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. The minimum inside diameter shall be 12 mm.
  A control system is necessary for isokinetic exhaust splitting by maintaining a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP. Under these conditions exhaust gas velocities in EP and ISP are identical and the mass flow through ISP is a constant fraction of the exhaust gas flow. The ISP has to be connected to a differential pressure transducer. The control to provide a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP is done with blower speed or flow controller. |
| --- | --- |

—

The isokinetic sampling probe must be installed facing upstream on the exhaust pipe centre-line where the flow conditions in section EP are met, and designed to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. The minimum inside diameter shall be 12 mm.

A control system is necessary for isokinetic exhaust splitting by maintaining a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP. Under these conditions exhaust gas velocities in EP and ISP are identical and the mass flow through ISP is a constant fraction of the exhaust gas flow. The ISP has to be connected to a differential pressure transducer. The control to provide a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP is done with blower speed or flow controller.

| — | FD1, FD2 flow divider (Figure 9)
  A set of venturis or orifices is installed in the exhaust pipe EP and in the transfer tube TT, respectively, to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. A control system consisting of two pressure control valves PCV1 and PCV2 is necessary for proportional splitting by controlling the pressures in EP and DT. |
| --- | --- |

—

A set of venturis or orifices is installed in the exhaust pipe EP and in the transfer tube TT, respectively, to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. A control system consisting of two pressure control valves PCV1 and PCV2 is necessary for proportional splitting by controlling the pressures in EP and DT.

| — | FD3 flow divider (Figure 10)
  A set of tubes (multiple tube unit) is installed in the exhaust pipe EP to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. One of the tubes feeds exhaust gas to the dilution tunnel DT, whereas the other tubes exit exhaust gas to a damping chamber DC. The tubes must have the same dimensions (same diameter, length, bend radius), so that the exhaust split depends on the total number of tubes. A control system is necessary for proportional splitting by maintaining a differential pressure of zero between the exit of the multiple tube unit into DC and the exit of TT. Under these conditions, exhaust gas velocities in EP and FD3 are proportional, and the flow TT is a constant fraction of the exhaust gas flow. The two points have to be connected to a differential pressure transducer DPT. The control to provide a differential pressure of zero is done with the flow controller FC1. |
| --- | --- |

—

A set of tubes (multiple tube unit) is installed in the exhaust pipe EP to provide a proportional sample of the raw exhaust gas. One of the tubes feeds exhaust gas to the dilution tunnel DT, whereas the other tubes exit exhaust gas to a damping chamber DC. The tubes must have the same dimensions (same diameter, length, bend radius), so that the exhaust split depends on the total number of tubes. A control system is necessary for proportional splitting by maintaining a differential pressure of zero between the exit of the multiple tube unit into DC and the exit of TT. Under these conditions, exhaust gas velocities in EP and FD3 are proportional, and the flow TT is a constant fraction of the exhaust gas flow. The two points have to be connected to a differential pressure transducer DPT. The control to provide a differential pressure of zero is done with the flow controller FC1.

| — | EGA exhaust gas analyser (Figures 6 to 10)
  CO2 or NOx analysers may be used (with carbon balance method CO2 only). The analysers shall be calibrated like the analysers for the measurement of the gaseous emissions. One or several analysers may be used to determine the concentration differences.
  The accuracy of the measuring systems has to be such that the accuracy of GEDFW, i is within ± 4 %. |
| --- | --- |

—

CO2 or NOx analysers may be used (with carbon balance method CO2 only). The analysers shall be calibrated like the analysers for the measurement of the gaseous emissions. One or several analysers may be used to determine the concentration differences.

The accuracy of the measuring systems has to be such that the accuracy of GEDFW, i is within ± 4 %.

| — | TT transfer tube (Figures 4 to 12)
  The particulate sample transfer tube shall be:






  — | as short as possible, but not more than 5 m in length, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The particulate sample transfer tube shall be:

—

as short as possible, but not more than 5 m in length,

| — | equal to or greater than the probe diameter, but not more than 25 mm in diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

equal to or greater than the probe diameter, but not more than 25 mm in diameter,

| — | exiting on the centre-line of the dilution tunnel and pointing downstream. |
| --- | --- |

—

exiting on the centre-line of the dilution tunnel and pointing downstream.

If the tube is 1 metre or less in length, it is to be insulated with material with a maximum thermal conductivity of 0,05 W/(m · K) with a radial insulation thickness corresponding to the diameter of the probe. If the tube is longer than 1 metre, it must be insulated and heated to a minimum wall temperature of 523 K (250 °C).

Alternatively, the transfer tube wall temperatures required may be determined through standard heat transfer calculations.

| — | DPT differential pressure transducer (Figures 4, 5 and 10)
  The differential pressure transducer shall have a range of ± 500 Pa or less. |
| --- | --- |

—

The differential pressure transducer shall have a range of ± 500 Pa or less.

| — | FC1 flow controller (Figures 4, 5 and 10)
  For the isokinetic systems (Figures 4 and 5) a flow controller is necessary to maintain a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP. The adjustment can be done by:






  (a) | controlling the speed or flow of the suction blower (SB) and keeping the speed of the pressure blower (PB) constant during each mode (Figure 4); or |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

For the isokinetic systems (Figures 4 and 5) a flow controller is necessary to maintain a differential pressure of zero between EP and ISP. The adjustment can be done by:

(a)

controlling the speed or flow of the suction blower (SB) and keeping the speed of the pressure blower (PB) constant during each mode (Figure 4); or

| (b) | adjusting the suction blower (SB) to a constant mass flow of the diluted exhaust and controlling the flow of the pressure blower PB, and therefore the exhaust sample flow in a region at the end of the transfer tube (TT) (Figure 5). |
| --- | --- |

(b)

adjusting the suction blower (SB) to a constant mass flow of the diluted exhaust and controlling the flow of the pressure blower PB, and therefore the exhaust sample flow in a region at the end of the transfer tube (TT) (Figure 5).

In the case of a pressure controlled system the remaining error in the control loop must not exceed ± 3 Pa. The pressure oscillations in the dilution tunnel must not exceed ± 250 Pa on average.

For a multi-tube system (Figure 10) a flow controller is necessary for proportional exhaust splitting to maintain a differential pressure of zero between the outlet of the multi-tube unit and the exit of TT. The adjustment can be done by controlling the injection air flow rate into DT at the exit of TT.

| — | PCV1, PCV2 pressure control valve (Figure 9)
  Two pressure control valves are necessary for the twin venturi/twin orifice system for proportional flow splitting by controlling the backpressure of EP and the pressure in DT. The valves shall be located downstream of SP in EP and between PB and DT. |
| --- | --- |

—

Two pressure control valves are necessary for the twin venturi/twin orifice system for proportional flow splitting by controlling the backpressure of EP and the pressure in DT. The valves shall be located downstream of SP in EP and between PB and DT.

| — | DC damping chamber (Figure 10)
  A damping chamber shall be installed at the exit of the multiple tube unit to minimise the pressure oscillations in the exhaust pipe EP. |
| --- | --- |

—

A damping chamber shall be installed at the exit of the multiple tube unit to minimise the pressure oscillations in the exhaust pipe EP.

| — | VN venturi (Figure 8)
  A venturi is installed in the dilution tunnel DT to create a negative pressure in the region of the exit of the transfer tube TT. The gas flow rate through TT is determined by the momentum exchange at the venturi zone, and is basically proportional to the flow rate of the pressure blower PB leading to a constant dilution ratio. Since the momentum exchange is affected by the temperature at the exit of TT and the pressure difference between EP and DT, the actual dilution ratio is slightly lower at low load than at high load. |
| --- | --- |

—

A venturi is installed in the dilution tunnel DT to create a negative pressure in the region of the exit of the transfer tube TT. The gas flow rate through TT is determined by the momentum exchange at the venturi zone, and is basically proportional to the flow rate of the pressure blower PB leading to a constant dilution ratio. Since the momentum exchange is affected by the temperature at the exit of TT and the pressure difference between EP and DT, the actual dilution ratio is slightly lower at low load than at high load.

| — | FC2 flow controller (Figures 6, 7, 11 and 12; optional)
  A flow controller may be used to control the flow of the pressure blower PB and/or the suction blower SB. It may be connected to the exhaust flow or fuel flow signal and/or to the CO2 or NOx differential signal.
  When using a pressurised air supply (Figure 11) FC2 directly controls the air flow. |
| --- | --- |

—

A flow controller may be used to control the flow of the pressure blower PB and/or the suction blower SB. It may be connected to the exhaust flow or fuel flow signal and/or to the CO2 or NOx differential signal.

When using a pressurised air supply (Figure 11) FC2 directly controls the air flow.

| — | FM1 flow measurement device (Figures 6, 7, 11 and 12)
  Gas meter or other flow instrumentation to measure the dilution air flow. FM1 is optional if PB is calibrated to measure the flow. |
| --- | --- |

—

Gas meter or other flow instrumentation to measure the dilution air flow. FM1 is optional if PB is calibrated to measure the flow.

| — | FM2 flow measurement device (Figure 12)
  Gas meter or other flow instrumentation to measure the diluted exhaust gas flow. FM2 is optional if the suction blower SB is calibrated to measure the flow. |
| --- | --- |

—

Gas meter or other flow instrumentation to measure the diluted exhaust gas flow. FM2 is optional if the suction blower SB is calibrated to measure the flow.

| — | PB pressure blower (Figures 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12)
  To control the dilution air flow rate, PB may be connected to the flow controllers FC1 or FC2. PB is not required when using a butterfly valve. PB may be used to measure the dilution air flow, if calibrated. |
| --- | --- |

—

To control the dilution air flow rate, PB may be connected to the flow controllers FC1 or FC2. PB is not required when using a butterfly valve. PB may be used to measure the dilution air flow, if calibrated.

| — | SB suction blower (Figures 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 and 12)
  For fractional sampling systems only. SB may be used to measure the dilute exhaust gas flow, if calibrated. |
| --- | --- |

—

For fractional sampling systems only. SB may be used to measure the dilute exhaust gas flow, if calibrated.

| — | DAF dilution air filter (Figures 4 to 12)
  It is recommended that the dilution air be filtered and charcoal scrubbed to eliminate background hydrocarbons. The dilution air shall have a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K.
  At the manufacturer's request the dilution air shall be sampled according to good engineering practice to determine the background particulate levels, which can then be subtracted from the values measured in the diluted exhaust. |
| --- | --- |

—

It is recommended that the dilution air be filtered and charcoal scrubbed to eliminate background hydrocarbons. The dilution air shall have a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K.

At the manufacturer's request the dilution air shall be sampled according to good engineering practice to determine the background particulate levels, which can then be subtracted from the values measured in the diluted exhaust.

| — | PSP particulate sampling probe (Figures 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12)
  The probe is the leading section of PTT and






  — | shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The probe is the leading section of PTT and

—

shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel,

| — | shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter,

| — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- |

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

| — | DT dilution tunnel (Figures 4 to 12)
  The dilution tunnel:






  — | shall be of a sufficient length to cause complete mixing of the exhaust and dilution air under turbulent flow conditions, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The dilution tunnel:

—

shall be of a sufficient length to cause complete mixing of the exhaust and dilution air under turbulent flow conditions,

| — | shall be constructed of stainless steel with:






  — | a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,025 or less for dilution tunnels of greater than 75 mm inside diameter, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

shall be constructed of stainless steel with:

—

a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,025 or less for dilution tunnels of greater than 75 mm inside diameter,

| — | a nominal wall thickness of not less than 1,5 mm for dilution tunnels of equal to or less than 75 mm inside diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

a nominal wall thickness of not less than 1,5 mm for dilution tunnels of equal to or less than 75 mm inside diameter,

| — | shall be at least 75 mm in diameter for the fractional sampling type, |
| --- | --- |

—

shall be at least 75 mm in diameter for the fractional sampling type,

| — | is recommended to be at least 25 mm in diameter for the total sampling type. |
| --- | --- |

—

is recommended to be at least 25 mm in diameter for the total sampling type.

| — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel.

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

The engine exhaust shall be thoroughly mixed with the dilution air. For fractional sampling systems, the mixing quality shall be checked after introduction into service by means of a CO2 profile of the tunnel with the engine running (at least four equally spaced measuring points). If necessary, a mixing orifice may be used.

Note: If the ambient temperature in the vicinity of the dilution tunnel (DT) is below 293 K (20 °C), precautions should be taken to avoid particle losses onto the cool walls of the dilution tunnel. Therefore, heating and/or insulating the tunnel within the limits given above is recommended.

At high engine loads, the tunnel may be cooled by a non-aggressive means such as a circulating fan, as long as the temperature of the cooling medium is not below 293 K (20 °C).

| — | HE heat exchanger (Figures 9 and 10) |
| --- | --- |

—

HE heat exchanger (Figures 9 and 10)

The heat exchanger shall be of sufficient capacity to maintain the temperature at the inlet to the suction blower SB within ± 11 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test.

1.2.1.2.   Full flow dilution system (Figure 13)

A dilution system is described based upon the dilution of the total exhaust using the constant volume sampling (CVS) concept. The total volume of the mixture of exhaust and dilution air must be measured. Either a PDP or a CFV or a SSV system may be used.

For subsequent collection of the particulates, a sample of the dilute exhaust gas is passed to the particulate sampling system (section 1.2.2, Figures 14 and 15). If this is done directly, it is referred to as single dilution. If the sample is diluted once more in the secondary dilution tunnel, it is referred to as double dilution. This is useful, if the filter face temperature requirement cannot be met with single dilution. Although partly a dilution system, the double dilution system is described as a modification of a particulate sampling system in section 1.2.2, (Figure 15), since it shares most of the parts with a typical particulate sampling system.

The gaseous emissions may also be determined in the dilution tunnel of a full flow dilution system. Therefore, the sampling probes for the gaseous components are shown in Figure 13 but do not appear in the description list. The respective requirements are described in section 1.1.1.

Descriptions (Figure 13)

| — | EP exhaust pipe
  The exhaust pipe length from the exit of the engine exhaust manifold, turbocharger outlet or after-treatment device to the dilution tunnel is required to be not more than 10 m. If the system exceeds 4 m in length, then all tubing in excess of 4 m shall be insulated, except for an in-line smoke-meter, if used. The radial thickness of the insulation must be at least 25 mm. The thermal conductivity of the insulating material must have a value no greater than 0,1 W/(m · K) measured at 673 K (400 °C). To reduce the thermal inertia of the exhaust pipe a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,015 or less is recommended. The use of flexible sections shall be limited to a length to diameter ratio of 12 or less. |
| --- | --- |

—

The exhaust pipe length from the exit of the engine exhaust manifold, turbocharger outlet or after-treatment device to the dilution tunnel is required to be not more than 10 m. If the system exceeds 4 m in length, then all tubing in excess of 4 m shall be insulated, except for an in-line smoke-meter, if used. The radial thickness of the insulation must be at least 25 mm. The thermal conductivity of the insulating material must have a value no greater than 0,1 W/(m · K) measured at 673 K (400 °C). To reduce the thermal inertia of the exhaust pipe a thickness to diameter ratio of 0,015 or less is recommended. The use of flexible sections shall be limited to a length to diameter ratio of 12 or less.

Figure 13

Full flow dilution system

Image 106

The total amount of raw exhaust gas is mixed in the dilution tunnel DT with the dilution air. The diluted exhaust gas flow rate is measured either with a positive displacement pump PDP or with a critical flow venturi CFV or with a sub-sonic venturi SSV. A heat exchanger HE or electronic flow compensation EFC may be used for proportional particulate sampling and for flow determination. Since particulate mass determination is based on the total diluted exhaust gas flow, the dilution ratio is not required to be calculated.

| — | PDP positive displacement pump
  The PDP meters total diluted exhaust flow from the number of the pump revolutions and the pump displacement. The exhaust system back pressure must not be artificially lowered by the PDP or dilution air inlet system. Static exhaust back pressure measured with the CVS system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the CVS at identical engine speed and load.
  The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the PDP shall be within ± 6 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used.
  Flow compensation can only be used if the temperature at the inlet of the PDP does not exceed 50 °C (323 K). |
| --- | --- |

—

The PDP meters total diluted exhaust flow from the number of the pump revolutions and the pump displacement. The exhaust system back pressure must not be artificially lowered by the PDP or dilution air inlet system. Static exhaust back pressure measured with the CVS system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the CVS at identical engine speed and load.

The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the PDP shall be within ± 6 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used.

Flow compensation can only be used if the temperature at the inlet of the PDP does not exceed 50 °C (323 K).

| — | CFV critical flow venturi
  CFV measures total diluted exhaust flow by maintaining the flow at choked conditions (critical flow). Static exhaust backpressure measured with the CFV system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the CFV at identical engine speed and load. The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the CFV shall be within ± 11 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used. |
| --- | --- |

—

CFV measures total diluted exhaust flow by maintaining the flow at choked conditions (critical flow). Static exhaust backpressure measured with the CFV system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the CFV at identical engine speed and load. The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the CFV shall be within ± 11 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used.

| — | SSV subsonic venturi
  SSV measures total diluted exhaust flow as a function of inlet pressure, inlet temperature, pressure drop between the SSV inlet and throat. Static exhaust backpressure measured with the SSV system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the SSV at identical engine speed and load. The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the SSV shall be within ± 11 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used. |
| --- | --- |

—

SSV measures total diluted exhaust flow as a function of inlet pressure, inlet temperature, pressure drop between the SSV inlet and throat. Static exhaust backpressure measured with the SSV system operating shall remain within ± 1,5 kPa of the static pressure measured without connection to the SSV at identical engine speed and load. The gas mixture temperature immediately ahead of the SSV shall be within ± 11 K of the average operating temperature observed during the test, when no flow compensation is used.

| — | HE heat exchanger (optional if EFC is used)
  The heat exchanger shall be of sufficient capacity to maintain the temperature within the limits required above. |
| --- | --- |

—

The heat exchanger shall be of sufficient capacity to maintain the temperature within the limits required above.

| — | EFC electronic flow compensation (optional if HE is used)
  If the temperature at the inlet to either the PDP or CFV or SSV is not kept within the limits stated above, a flow compensation system is required for continuous measurement of the flow rate and control of the proportional sampling in the particulate system. To that purpose, the continuously measured flow rate signals are used to correct the sample flow rate through the particulate filters of the particulate sampling system (Figures 14 and 15), accordingly. |
| --- | --- |

—

If the temperature at the inlet to either the PDP or CFV or SSV is not kept within the limits stated above, a flow compensation system is required for continuous measurement of the flow rate and control of the proportional sampling in the particulate system. To that purpose, the continuously measured flow rate signals are used to correct the sample flow rate through the particulate filters of the particulate sampling system (Figures 14 and 15), accordingly.

| — | DT dilution tunnel
  The dilution tunnel:






  — | shall be small enough in diameter to cause turbulent flow (Reynolds number greater than 4 000) of sufficient length to cause complete mixing of the exhaust and dilution air. A mixing orifice may be used, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The dilution tunnel:

—

shall be small enough in diameter to cause turbulent flow (Reynolds number greater than 4 000) of sufficient length to cause complete mixing of the exhaust and dilution air. A mixing orifice may be used,

| — | shall be at least 75 mm in diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

shall be at least 75 mm in diameter,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

The engine exhaust shall be directed downstream at the point where it is introduced into the dilution tunnel, and thoroughly mixed.

When using single dilution, a sample from the dilution tunnel is transferred to the particulate sampling system (section 1.2.2, Figure 14). The flow capacity of the PDP or CFV or SSV must be sufficient to maintain the diluted exhaust at a temperature of less than or equal to 325 K (52 °C) immediately before the primary particulate filter.

When using double dilution, a sample from the dilution tunnel is transferred to the secondary dilution tunnel where it is further diluted, and then passed through the sampling filters (section 1.2.2, Figure 15). The flow capacity of the PDP or CFV or SSV must be sufficient to maintain the diluted exhaust stream in the DT at a temperature of less than or equal to 464 K (191 °C) at the sampling zone. The secondary dilution system must provide sufficient secondary dilution air to maintain the doubly-diluted exhaust stream at a temperature of less than or equal to 325 K (52 °C) immediately before the primary particulate filter.

| — | DAF dilution air filter
  It is recommended that the dilution air be filtered and charcoal scrubbed to eliminate background hydrocarbons. The dilution air shall have a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K. At the manufacturer's request the dilution air shall be sampled according to good engineering practice to determine the background particulate levels, which can then be subtracted from the values measured in the diluted exhaust. |
| --- | --- |

—

It is recommended that the dilution air be filtered and charcoal scrubbed to eliminate background hydrocarbons. The dilution air shall have a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K. At the manufacturer's request the dilution air shall be sampled according to good engineering practice to determine the background particulate levels, which can then be subtracted from the values measured in the diluted exhaust.

| — | PSP particulate sampling probe
  The probe is the leading section of PTT and






  — | shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The probe is the leading section of PTT and

—

shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel,

| — | shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter,

| — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- |

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

1.2.2.   Particulate sampling system (Figures 14 and 15)

The particulate sampling system is required for collecting the particulates on the particulate filter. In the case of total sampling partial flow dilution, which consists of passing the entire dilute exhaust sample through the filters, dilution (section 1.2.1.1, Figures 7 and 11) and sampling system usually form an integral unit. In the case of fractional sampling partial flow dilution or full flow dilution, which consists of passing through the filters only a portion of the diluted exhaust, the dilution (section 1.2.1.1, Figures 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 12 and section 1.2.1.2, Figure 13) and sampling systems usually form different units.

In this Directive, the double dilution system DDS (Figure 15) of a full flow dilution system is considered as a specific modification of a typical particulate sampling system as shown in Figure 14. The double dilution system includes all important parts of the particulate sampling system, like filter holders and sampling pump, and additionally some dilution features, like a dilution air supply and a secondary dilution tunnel.

In order to avoid any impact on the control loops, it is recommended that the sample pump be running throughout the complete test procedure. For the single filter method, a bypass system shall be used for passing the sample through the sampling filters at the desired times. Interference of the switching procedure on the control loops must be minimised.

Descriptions - Figures 14 and 15

| — | PSP particulate sampling probe (Figures 14 and 15)
  The particulate sampling probe shown in the figures is the leading section of the particulate transfer tube PTT. The probe:






  — | shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems (section 1.2.1), approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel), |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The particulate sampling probe shown in the figures is the leading section of the particulate transfer tube PTT. The probe:

—

shall be installed facing upstream at a point where the dilution air and exhaust gas are well mixed, i.e. on the dilution tunnel DT centre-line of the dilution systems (section 1.2.1), approximately 10 tunnel diameters downstream of the point where the exhaust enters the dilution tunnel),

| — | shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter, |
| --- | --- |

—

shall be 12 mm in minimum inside diameter,

| — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- |

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

Figure 14

Particulate sampling system

Image 107

Figure 15

Dilution system (full flow system only)

Image 108

A sample of the diluted exhaust gas is transferred from the dilution tunnel DT of a full flow dilution system through the particulate sampling probe PSP and the particulate transfer tube PTT to the secondary dilution tunnel SDT, where it is diluted once more. The sample is then passed through the filter holder(s) FH that contain the particulate sampling filters. The dilution air flow rate is usually constant whereas the sample flow rate is controlled by the flow controller FC3. If electronic flow compensation EFC (Figure 13) is used, the total diluted exhaust gas flow is used as command signal for FC3.

| — | PTT particulate transfer tube (Figures 14 and 15)
  The particulate transfer tube must not exceed 1 020 mm in length, and must be minimised in length whenever possible.
  The dimensions are valid for:






  — | the partial flow dilution fractional sampling type and the full flow single dilution system from the probe tip to the filter holder, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The particulate transfer tube must not exceed 1 020 mm in length, and must be minimised in length whenever possible.

The dimensions are valid for:

—

the partial flow dilution fractional sampling type and the full flow single dilution system from the probe tip to the filter holder,

| — | the partial flow dilution total sampling type from the end of the dilution tunnel to the filter holder, |
| --- | --- |

—

the partial flow dilution total sampling type from the end of the dilution tunnel to the filter holder,

| — | the full flow double dilution system from the probe tip to the secondary dilution tunnel. |
| --- | --- |

—

the full flow double dilution system from the probe tip to the secondary dilution tunnel.

The transfer tube:

| — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- |

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

| — | SDT secondary dilution tunnel (Figure 15)
  The secondary dilution tunnel should have a minimum diameter of 75 mm and should be sufficient length so as to provide a residence time of at least 0,25 seconds for the doubly-diluted sample. The primary filter holder, FH, shall be located within 300 mm of the exit of the SDT.
  The secondary dilution tunnel:






  — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel, |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

The secondary dilution tunnel should have a minimum diameter of 75 mm and should be sufficient length so as to provide a residence time of at least 0,25 seconds for the doubly-diluted sample. The primary filter holder, FH, shall be located within 300 mm of the exit of the SDT.

The secondary dilution tunnel:

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C) prior to the introduction of the exhaust in the dilution tunnel,

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

| — | FH filter holder(s) (Figures 14 and 15)
  For primary and back-up filters one filter housing or separate filter housings may be used. The requirements of Annex III, Appendix 1, section 1.5.1.3 have to be met.
  The filter holder(s):






  — | may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C), |
| --- | --- | --- |

—

For primary and back-up filters one filter housing or separate filter housings may be used. The requirements of Annex III, Appendix 1, section 1.5.1.3 have to be met.

The filter holder(s):

—

may be heated to no greater than 325 K (52 °C) wall temperature by direct heating or by dilution air pre-heating, provided the air temperature does not exceed 325 K (52 °C),

| — | may be insulated. |
| --- | --- |

—

may be insulated.

| — | P sampling pump (Figures 14 and 15)
  The particulate sampling pump shall be located sufficiently distant from the tunnel so that the inlet gas temperature is maintained constant (± 3 K), if flow correction by FC3 is not used. |
| --- | --- |

—

The particulate sampling pump shall be located sufficiently distant from the tunnel so that the inlet gas temperature is maintained constant (± 3 K), if flow correction by FC3 is not used.

| — | DP dilution air pump (Figure 15) (full flow double dilution only)
  The dilution air pump shall be located so that the secondary dilution air is supplied at a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K. |
| --- | --- |

—

The dilution air pump shall be located so that the secondary dilution air is supplied at a temperature of 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K.

| — | FC3 flow controller (Figures 14 and 15)
  A flow controller shall be used to compensate the particulate sample flow rate for temperature and backpressure variations in the sample path, if no other means are available. The flow controller is required if electronic flow compensation EFC (Figure 13) is used. |
| --- | --- |

—

A flow controller shall be used to compensate the particulate sample flow rate for temperature and backpressure variations in the sample path, if no other means are available. The flow controller is required if electronic flow compensation EFC (Figure 13) is used.

| — | FM3 flow measurement device (Figures 14 and 15) (particulate sample flow)
  The gas meter or flow instrumentation shall be located sufficiently distant from the sample pump so that the inlet gas temperature remains constant (± 3 K), if flow correction by FC3 is not used. |
| --- | --- |

—

The gas meter or flow instrumentation shall be located sufficiently distant from the sample pump so that the inlet gas temperature remains constant (± 3 K), if flow correction by FC3 is not used.

| — | FM4 flow measurement device (Figure 15) (dilution air, full flow double dilution only)
  The gas meter or flow instrumentation shall be located so that the inlet gas temperature remains at 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K. |
| --- | --- |

—

The gas meter or flow instrumentation shall be located so that the inlet gas temperature remains at 298 K (25 °C) ± 5 K.

| — | BV ball valve (optional)
  The ball valve shall have a diameter not less than the inside diameter of the sampling tube and a switching time of less than 0,5 seconds.

  Note: If the ambient temperature in the vicinity of PSP, PTT, SDT, and FH is below 239 K (20 °C), precautions should be taken to avoid particle losses onto the cool wall of these parts. Therefore, heating and/or insulating these parts within the limits given in the respective descriptions is recommended. It is also recommended that the filter face temperature during sampling be not below 293 K (20 °C).
  At high engine loads, the above parts may be cooled by a non-aggressive means such as a circulating fan, as long as the temperature of the cooling medium is not below 293 K (20 °C).’ |
| --- | --- |

—

The ball valve shall have a diameter not less than the inside diameter of the sampling tube and a switching time of less than 0,5 seconds.

Note: If the ambient temperature in the vicinity of PSP, PTT, SDT, and FH is below 239 K (20 °C), precautions should be taken to avoid particle losses onto the cool wall of these parts. Therefore, heating and/or insulating these parts within the limits given in the respective descriptions is recommended. It is also recommended that the filter face temperature during sampling be not below 293 K (20 °C).

At high engine loads, the above parts may be cooled by a non-aggressive means such as a circulating fan, as long as the temperature of the cooling medium is not below 293 K (20 °C).’

ANNEX III

‘Annex XIII

PROVISIONS FOR ENGINES PLACED ON THE MARKET UNDER A “FLEXIBLE SCHEME”

On the request of an equipment manufacturer (OEM), and permission being granted by an approval authority, an engine manufacturer may during the period between two successive stages of limit values place a limited number of engines on the market that only comply with the previous stage of emission limit values in accordance with the following provisions:

1.   ACTIONS BY THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER AND THE OEM

| 1.1. | An OEM that wishes to make use of the flexibility scheme shall request permission from any approval authority to purchase from his engine suppliers, in the period between two emissions stages, the quantities of engines described in sections 1,2 and 1.3, that do not comply with the current emission limit values, but are approved to the nearest previous stage of emission limits. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.2. | The number of engines placed on the market under a flexibility scheme shall, in each engine category, not exceed 20 % of the OEM's annual sales of equipment with engines in that engine category (calculated as the average of the latest five years sales on the EU market). Where an OEM has marketed equipment in the EU for a period of less than five years the average will be calculated based on the period for which the OEM has marketed equipment in the EU. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.

| 1.3. | As an optional alternative to section 1.2, the OEM may seek permission for his/her engine suppliers to place on the market a fixed number of engines under the flexibility scheme. The number of engines in each engine category shall not exceed the following values:






  Engine category | Number of engines |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 19-37kW | 200 |
| 37-75kW | 150 |
| 75-130kW | 100 |
| 130-560kW | 50 |

1.3.

Engine category

Number of engines

19-37kW

200

37-75kW

150

75-130kW

100

130-560kW

50

| 1.4. | The OEM shall include in his/her application to an approval authority the following information:






  (a) | a sample of the labels to be affixed to each piece of non-road mobile machinery in which an engine placed on the market under the flexibility scheme will be installed. The labels shall bear the following text: “MACHINE NO ... (sequence of machines) OF ... (total number of machines in respective power band) WITH ENGINE No ... WITH TYPE APPROVAL (Dir. 97/68/EC) No ...”; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.4.

(a)

a sample of the labels to be affixed to each piece of non-road mobile machinery in which an engine placed on the market under the flexibility scheme will be installed. The labels shall bear the following text: “MACHINE NO ... (sequence of machines) OF ... (total number of machines in respective power band) WITH ENGINE No ... WITH TYPE APPROVAL (Dir. 97/68/EC) No ...”; and

| (b) | a sample of the supplementary label to be affixed on the engine bearing the text referred to in section 2,2 of this Annex. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

a sample of the supplementary label to be affixed on the engine bearing the text referred to in section 2,2 of this Annex.

| 1.5. | The OEM shall notify the approval authorities of each Member State of the use of the flexibility scheme. |
| --- | --- |

1.5.

| 1.6. | The OEM shall provide the approval authority with any information connected with the implementation of the flexibility scheme that the approval authority may request as necessary for the decision. |
| --- | --- |

1.6.

| 1.7. | The OEM shall file a report every six months to the approval authorities of each Member State on the implementation of the flexibility schemes he/she is using. The report shall include cumulative data on the number of engines and NRMM placed on the market under the flexibility scheme, engine and NRMM serial numbers, and the Member States where the NRMM have been placed on the market. This procedure shall be continued as long as a flexibility scheme is still in progress. |
| --- | --- |

1.7.

2.   ACTIONS BY THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER

| 2.1. | An engine manufacturer may place on the market engines under a flexible scheme covered by an approval in accordance with Section 1 of this Annex. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

| 2.2. | The engine manufacturer must put a label on those engines with the following text: “Engine placed on the market under the flexibility scheme”. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

3.   ACTIONS BY THE APPROVAL AUTHORITY

| 3.1. | The approval authority shall evaluate the content of the flexibility scheme request and the enclosed documents. As a consequence it will inform the OEM of its decision as to whether or not to allow use of the flexibility scheme.’ |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

ANNEX IV

The following Annexes are added:

‘ANNEX XIV

CCNR stage I (28)

| PN
  (kW) | CO
  (g/kWh) | HC
  (g/kWh) | NOx

  (g/k/Wh) | PT
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 37 ≤ PN < 75 | 6,5 | 1,3 | 9,2 | 0,85 |
| 75 ≤ PN < 130 | 5,0 | 1,3 | 9,2 | 0,70 |
| P ≥ 130 | 5,0 | 1,3 | n ≥ 2 800 tr/min = 9,2
  500 ≤ n < 2 800 tr/min = 45 x n (-0.2) | 0,54 |

PN

(kW)

CO

(g/kWh)

HC

(g/kWh)

NOx

(g/k/Wh)

PT

(g/kWh)

37 ≤ PN < 75

6,5

1,3

9,2

0,85

75 ≤ PN < 130

5,0

1,3

9,2

0,70

P ≥ 130

5,0

1,3

n ≥ 2 800 tr/min = 9,2

500 ≤ n < 2 800 tr/min = 45 x n (-0.2)

0,54

ANNEX XV

CCNR stage II (29)

| PN

  (kW) | CO
  (g/kWh) | HC
  (g/kWh) | NOx

  (g/kWh) | PT
  (g/kWh) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 18 ≤ PN < 37 | 5,5 | 1,5 | 8,0 | 0,8 |
| 37 ≤ PN < 75 | 5,0 | 1,3 | 7,0 | 0,4 |
| 75 ≤ PN < 130 | 5,0 | 1,0 | 6,0 | 0,3 |
| 130 ≤ PN < 560 | 3,5 | 1,0 | 6,0 | 0,2 |
| PN ≥ 560 | 3,5 | 1,0 | n ≥ 3150 min-1 = 6,0
  343 ≤ n < 3150 min-1= 45 x n(-0,2) –3
  n < 343 min-1= 11,0 | 0,2 |

PN

(kW)

CO

(g/kWh)

HC

(g/kWh)

NOx

(g/kWh)

PT

(g/kWh)

18 ≤ PN < 37

5,5

1,5

8,0

0,8

37 ≤ PN < 75

5,0

1,3

7,0

0,4

75 ≤ PN < 130

5,0

1,0

6,0

0,3

130 ≤ PN < 560

3,5

1,0

6,0

0,2

PN ≥ 560

3,5

1,0

n ≥ 3150 min-1 = 6,0

343 ≤ n < 3150 min-1= 45 x n(-0,2) –3

n < 343 min-1= 11,0

0,2

---

(*1)  
  OJ L 164, 30.6.1994, p. 15. Directive as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 1882/2003 (OJ L 284, 31.10.2003, p. 1).

*1

(*2)  
  OJ L 301, 28.10.1982, p. 1. Directive as amended by the 2003 Act of Accession.

*2

(4)  Identical with C1 cycle as described in paragraph 8.3.1.1. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard.

4

(5)  Identical with D2 cycle as described in paragraph 8.4.1. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard.

5

(6)  Constant-speed auxiliary engines must be certified to the ISO D2 duty cycle, i.e. the 5-mode steady-state cycle specified in Section 3.7.1.2., while variable-speed auxiliary engines must be certified to the ISO C1 duty cycle, i.e. the 8-mode steady-state cycle specified in Section 3.7.1.1.

6

(7)  Identical with E3 cycle as described in Sections 8.5.1, 8.5.2. and 8.5.3. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard. The four modes lie on an average propeller curve based on in-use measurements.

7

(8)  Identical with E2 cycle as described in Sections 8.5.1, 8.5.2. and 8.5.3. of the ISO8178-4: 2002(E) standard.

8

(9)  Identical with F cycle of ISO 8178-4: 2002 (E) standard.

9

(10)  The calibration procedure is common for both NRSC and NRTC tests, with the exception of the requirements specified in Sections 1.11. and 2.6.’

10

(11)  In the case of NOx, the NOx concentration (NOxconc or NOxconcc) has to be multiplied by KHNOx (humidity correction factor for NOx quoted in section 1.3.3) as follows: KHNOx x conc or KHNOx x concc

11

x

x

x

x

c

HNOx

x

HNOx

HNOx

c

(12)  The particulate mass flow rate PTmass has to be multiplied by Kp (humidity correction factor for particulates quoted in section 1.4.1).’;

12

mass

---

(1)  
  OJ C 220, 16.9.2003, p. 16.

1

(2)  Opinion of the European Parliament of 21 October 2003 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 30 March 2004 (not yet published in the Official Journal).

2

(3)  
  OJ L 59, 27.2.1998, p. 1. Directive as last amended by Directive 2002/88/EC (OJ L 35, 11.2.2003, p. 28).

3

(13)  The values quoted in the specifications are “true values”. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 “Petroleum products – Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test” have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility).

13

Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels should nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify the questions as to whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 should be applied.

(14)  The range for cetane number is not in accordance with the requirements of a minimum range of 4R. However, in the case of a dispute between fuel supplier and fuel user, the terms of ISO 4259 may be used to resolve such disputes provided replicate measurements, of sufficient number to archive the necessary precision, are made in preference to single determinations.

14

(15)  The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the test shall be reported.

15

(16)  Even though oxidation stability is controlled, it is likely that shelf life will be limited. Advice should be sought from the supplier as to storage conditions and life.

16

(17)  The values quoted in the specifications are ’true values’. In establishment of their limit values the terms of ISO 4259 “Petroleum products – Determination and application of precision data in relation to methods of test” have been applied and in fixing a minimum value, a minimum difference of 2R above zero has been taken into account; in fixing a maximum and minimum value, the minimum difference is 4R (R = reproducibility).

17

Notwithstanding this measure, which is necessary for technical reasons, the manufacturer of fuels should nevertheless aim at a zero value where the stipulated maximum value is 2R and at the mean value in the case of quotations of maximum and minimum limits. Should it be necessary to clarify the questions as to whether a fuel meets the requirements of the specifications, the terms of ISO 4259 should be applied.

(18)  The range for cetane number is not in accordance with the requirements of a minimum range of 4R. However, in the case of a dispute between fuel supplier and fuel user, the terms of ISO 4259 may be used to resolve such disputes provided replicate measurements, of sufficient number to archive the necessary precision, are made in preference to single determinations.

18

(19)  The actual sulphur content of the fuel used for the Type I test shall be reported.

19

(20)  Even though oxidation stability is controlled, it is likely that shelf life will be limited. Advice should be sought from the supplier as to storage conditions and life.‘.

20

(21)  For the case of several parent engines to be indicated for each of them.

21

(22)  For the case of several parent engines to be indicated for each of them.

22

(23)  Uncorrected power measured in accordance with section 2.4 of Annex I.

23

(24)  Indicate figure numbers defined in Annex VI section 1.

24

(25)  Delete as appropriate.

25

(26)  For the case of several parent engines, to be indicated for each of them.

26

(27)  Figures 4 to 12 show many types of partial flow dilution systems, which normally can be used for the steady-state test (NRSC). But, because of very severe constraints of the transient tests, only those partial flow dilution systems (Figures 4 to 12) able to fulfill all the requirements quoted in the section ‘Partial flow dilution system specifications’ of Annex III, Appendix 1, Section 2.4, are accepted for the transient test (NRTC).

27

(28)  CCNR Protocol 19, Resolution of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine of 11 May 2000.

28

(29)  CCNR Protocol 21, Resolution of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine of 31 May 2001.’

29

---